Home

LISTSERV Maestro User`s Manual - L

1. Letter Date or Time Presentation Examples Component y Year Year 1996 96 M Month in year Month July Jul 07 d Day in month Number 10 E Weekday Text Tuesday Tue H Hour in day 0 23 Number 0 h Hour in am pm 1 12 Number 12 m Minute in hour Number 30 S Second in minute Number 55 8 Millisecond Number 978 a Am pm marker Text PM LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 192 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Special Pattern Letters Letter Date or Time Presentation Examples Component G Era designator Text AD BC D Day in year Number 189 w Calendar week in year Number 27 W Calendar week in month Number 2 F Weekday ordinal in Number 2 month k Hour in day 1 24 Number 24 K Hour in am pm 0 11 Number 0 Zz Time zone General time zone Pacific Standard Time PST GMT 08 00 Time zone RFC 822 time zone 0800 Z Note The calendar week in year and calendar week in month value depends on the locale that is used The locale determines the conventions about which weekday is interpreted as the first day of the week usually Monday or Sunday and under which circumstances a week that falls partially into one year or month and partially into the next is interpreted as belonging to the one year or month or the other weekday of the given date time in the given month For the first Monday in a month the Note The weekday ordinal i
2. ssss I Icons fOr TEPOrts A 108 for Test Reports arica sd 78 for the Delivered Job Report sss 95 in the Outbox oe eee navigational on the Home page L LISTSERV Maestro bi directional character sets esses 152 Home patea d ad ots Ue beet bte tees 3 Introduction Hee estes dh eee eee 1 logging in supported browsers system requirements system support enhancements sese xvii using character sets ccccsccescssceceseceeeeseeeeceeeneeeaees using international character sets using Mozilla with a Linux client using Netscape with a Linux client 199 AO nennen ener xiii With AOL in AS 196 LOB SiG Meenen 2 M Merge Fields using in an email message sse 53 with international character sets ssssss 150 Messages adding an attachment 50 Gredtinp iid creating from HTML creating from text E defining the sender essere DomainKeys signing editing handling bounced messages ssssssss saving sender as a profile sse setting the DIGEST option sese setting the INDEX option eene setting the language character set ne setting the MAIL option eere
3. Function Returns the greatest of all given number arguments Return Type Number Arguments argl1 Number type The first argument to find the maximum of arg2 Number type The second argument to find the maximum of Further arguments are optional arg3 Number type The third argument to find the maximum of argN Number type The N argument to find the maximum of Examples Max 3 4 Max 17 22 4 Max 82 amp VALUE 7 Min Min argl arg2 arg3 argN Function Returns the smallest of all given number arguments Return Type Number Arguments argl Number type The first argument to find the minimum of arg2 Number type The second argument to find the minimum of Further arguments are optional arg3 Number type The third argument to find the minimum of argN Number type The N argument to find the minimum of Examples Min 13 2 Min 17 amp VALUE 4 17 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 184 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Pow Pow base exp Function Returns the value of the first argument raised to the power of the second argument Return Type Number Arguments base Number type The base argument exp Number type The exponent argument Examples Pow 2 8 Pow amp BASE amp EXPONENT Random Random threshold
4. Execute Changing the settings above only affect the resulting diagram produced when you click the Execute button To permanently change the report click on the Edit Report icon below Executed Sep 30 2002 04 26 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Click the Execute button to change the View Report screen the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 10 4 4 Editing a Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details 10 4 5 Creating a Report from a Template If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of that quick report Type in a title for the report and then click OK to save the quick report as a regular report Alternatively click Save amp Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen Edit the settings of this new report by clicking
5. 4 Tracking links will appear in the right frame It is possible to add or change an alias by clicking Select Link under the URL and then following step three LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 63 Section 6 Tracking 5 To edit or remove a tracked link click Select Link under the URL in the right frame and then click the Edit Alias or Do not track this Link button in the bottom frame Figure 57 Edit Tracked Link Selected Link Target URL http www lsoft com Alias advanced order Ses Click Edit Alias to change an alias Status This link is bei Click Do not track this Link to remove tracking Edit Alias Do not track this Link xl Tip Selecting the Highlight tracked links option will display all links that are currently fip marked for tracking on a bright yellow background in the body of the message This makes it easier to tell which links have already been selected for tracking and which have not Images that are links will be shown with a bright yellow frame when they are selected for tracking Since this frame makes the images a bit larger it may impact the overall page layout Switch off the link highlighting to restore the original layout 6 Once the tracking links have been chosen and aliases defined click OK in the top frame to continue A summary of the tracking details will be presented From this screen you can re edit the tracking definitions by clicking Define
6. Function Returns a pseudo random number in a range specified by the argument No argument given The range is from 0 to the largest possible number value One argument given The range is from 0 to the value of the given argument minus one i e 0 to threshold 1 Return Type Number Arguments The argument is optional threshold Number type The threshold value for the random number The random number will range from 0 to threshold 1 Examples Random Random 6 Random amp MAX RANDOM Random amp VALUE 17 amp MAX LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 185 Appendix G Calculation Formulas SubscribeTim SubscribeTimeMillis eMillis Function Returns the time at which the subscriber subscribed to the hosted recipient list referenced by the target group in whose context the formula is used represented in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT Return Type Number Substring originaltext Restriction Can only be used in formulas in the condition tree of a Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group Will not be accepted in formulas for a different recipient type Arguments None Examples SubscribeTimeMillis Substring startindex endindex Function Returns a tex
7. Jobs in the Outbox exist in three states represented by different icons D A clock icon represents jobs that are authorized for delivery and awaiting a future Q delivery time Click on a specific job ID to open the Outbox Job Details screen for a particular job It is possible to rescind the delivery authorization status by clicking on the Revoke Send Authorization button Click the View link adjacent to each of the job details to review the selections It is not possible to edit any selection until the send authorization is revoked At that point the job is removed from the Outbox and once again put into the list of Undelivered Jobs just as if it had never been authorized It now is possible to edit the job details from the Workflow or Summary screen Depending on what steps are edited other steps may have to be revisited and delivery authorization will have to be given again A yellow arrows icon represents jobs that are currently being processed It is possible to click on the ID of such a job very soon after it begins delivery if the user is quick enough or if the job is large and sending takes a longer time A Summary screen appears with a Stop Sending button Clicking this button while sending is still in process will abort the delivery The job will then be listed in the Sending has failed state A red X icon represents jobs that have failed to be sent Click the ID of such a job to get to the Summary screen Three butto
8. 1 ere qne Ore dna PR ERU eR 34 Figure 31 Elimination of Duplicate Recipients Screen sssseeeee enn nemen nennen nnne 35 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual viii Table of Contents Figure 32 Select Recipients from a Database Option ssssssseseeeene nennen enemies 36 Figure 33 Source for Select Database Plugin ccsetececeecteeseeseneesscceceedaceesessesenseneecesdaneeepecendesstseesesseseeteseoeeetesees 36 Figure 34 Source Screen for Define Database Connection sesssssssseeeeeneene nennen enne 37 Figure 35 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data 38 Figure 36 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Data 39 Figure 37 Define Recipient Summary ierit rcnt cadre nt ed qe ede dote ases eeu E cea d adu ie Ere eue ted ose d dece 40 Figure 38 Elimination of Duplicate Recipients Screen oonnnccccnoncninoncccnonacnnnnnnnncnnnon cnn nono cnn nro mene nennen enne nns 41 Figure 39 Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database Option ssssee eee 42 Figure 40 Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database ssssseeeeee emen 43 Figure 41 Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database oooonocccccccncccocococoncccnccnnnnanononcncnnnnnanos 44 Figure 42 Summary for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from
9. No do not track any links in the drop ins O Yes track all trackable links in the drop ins O Automatically assign an alias to all tracked links in the drop ins Use the following alias Use the drop in s name as the alias for all tracked links in each drop in LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 61 Section 6 Tracking Select No if you do not want to track links that appear in the drop in content Select Yes to track all trackable links that appear in the drop in content If you selected Yes then you can also define if a link alias will be assigned to these links If you choose to assign an alias then you have the choice between a user defined alias and using the name of the drop in as the alias To assign an alias select Automatically assign an alias to all tracked links in the drop ins To define a user defined alias select Use the following alias and then enter the alias name in the text box To use the name of the drop in as the alias name then select Use the drop in s name as the alias for all tracked links in each drop in Once you finished defining the type s of recipient behavior to track click Next to continue 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs This page defines the links in the email message that are to be tracked LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all Internet links that have a URL starting with the http or the https protocol LISTSERV Maestro is able to track image map links a
10. sssssssssssseeeeeen eene 115 Figure 102 Recipients Details Report cecinere encre cd 116 Figure 103 Recipient Details Report Column Selection ooooocooonccnnnccccnnnoccnononannno nono nonnno conc nono cnn nan n nn nano eene nennen 119 Figure 104 Event Details Report sessssssssssssssessseseene nennen nnn ennn tenete nn nn nano nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnncnnnnnnnenncnncnnns 120 Figure 105 Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import Screen sseeee ee 122 Figure 106 Installing Tracker Add In sssesseeeneeene eene nennen ennemi enne nennen nennen nennen 123 Figure 107 Browse for Add ln File iiie a bet de de edi iudex ie teo dead fette eee aeos 123 Figure 108 New Excel Tool Bar Button 0 0 ccccceececeeeeeeeee cece ee ee cece aeae cess seen nrnrer ene t n net rtr sisi innen netter sinn nete nn nr sls i snnt 124 Figure 109 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import Dialog Box eem nennen 124 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Table of Contents Figure 110 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time ooooononcccnnocccnnoncccnanoncncnono cnn nar ncn eem een 125 Fig re 111 Exarmiple Excel Data Table ictus ene Ree de to etie qui dened 125 Figure 112 User Settings eet eren pad 127 Figure 113 Managing Sender Profiles 2 ien ed nepote bend decus ud nte inert Led ue eee ond ce doped civ iced eode d dus 127 Figure 115 Manage Drop In Conten
11. However such a file may not have any value which contains the separator If at least one value contains the separator then this value must be quoted and because of this the file becomes a file with quoted values again If a file does contain quoted values at least one of them then it must follow these additional rules e Any character except for the separator character can be used as the quote character quotation marks or apostrophe are conventional This character must be used both as the opening and closing quote and must be used for all quoted fields in the file e A field must be quoted if it fulfills any of these two conditions LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 155 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files o If the field contains the separator character in the value then the field must be quoted o If the field contains the quote character in the value and this quote character is also the first character of the value then the field must be quoted This also means that if the field contains the quote character but it s not as the first character then it is not necessary to quote the field e It is not necessary that all fields are quoted Only fields that fall into one of the two cases described above have to be quoted However it is legal to also quote fields which do not fulfill these conditions e Usually one of two styles is used One style quotes all fields both the ones that
12. Job Title widget Company September Newsletter Job ID Prefix NEWS Prefix for the system generated job ID Initial Job Settings Choose all new settings O Copy contents recipients and sender settings from job amp E B 5 C3 crop zat Be A new job can be created one of two ways The first way is by selecting the Choose all new settings option which requires you to enter all new information The second way is by selecting the Copy contents recipients and sender settings from existing job option which automatically takes the settings from an existing job as the basis for the new job Once you select the Copy contents recipients and sender setting from existing job option click the drop down menu and select the job you want to copy information from A new empty job needs to have the email message defined as well as the sender and recipient information determined A job based on a copy of an existing job can reuse a previously composed message sender information testing information and recipient information The settings from the existing job can always be edited to suit the new job Once you re finished selecting your job setting press OK to continue or Cancel to return to the previous screen If you pressed OK then the Job Details screen opens See the following section more information on defining your job details Tip Copying an existing job can save time and effort by reusing messages
13. LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 136 Section 11 User Settings For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field hobbies in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this email offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates at the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com 11 2 1 4 Calculation Fields The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd yyyy will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be calculated individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that recipient Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on existing recipient data to determine a birth date a s
14. Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination Recipient Sample F NAME L NAME EMAIL ADDRESS MODEL NUM PET zoe Zimmerman zoe maestro demo lsoft com 9595 dog Yvette Yosel yvette maestro dema lsoft com 8787 cat Xavier Xero XavierOmaestro demo lsoft com 5454 bird Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Vanna VonSchedule Vanna maestro demo lsoft com 8787 cat Ursula Underhill Ursula maestro dema lsoft com 5454 none Toby Tuttle Toby maestro dema lsoft com 5454 dog Seth Simpson Seth maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Ron Remmington Ron maestro dema lsoft com 9595 none Quod Quartermaster Quod maestro dema lsoft com 5454 none LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 40 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Tips Although initially it may take some assistance from the system administrator or data administrator selecting recipients from a database is a much faster method of defining recipients for a job when compared to uploading a text file Because recipient data comes directly from a database it becomes unnecessary to export the data upload a large text file and parse the file therefore saving time and system resources To re use SQL statements or build parameters into SQL statements making them more flexible consider creating and using recipient target groups See Section 4 1 Recipient Target Groups for more information on using recipient targ
15. and modulo can be used in any combination and even be nested with parenthesis Formulas can also work on text strings and there are a number of pre defined functions like abs min max random to date substring and more For details see Appendix G Calculation Formulas Escaping Quote Characters Some of the system drop ins allow users to include their own text for certain parameters Any user supplied text must usually be enclosed in quotation marks to distinguish it from the surrounding drop in directive text If the text itself contains the quote character anywhere quotation marks appear somewhere in the text it must be escaped so that the system drop in is interpreted correctly All quote characters in the actual text must be escaped by doubling them This means that the character is used twice in succession with no space in between them For example to use this customized text Our company motto is the customer is always right It would have to appear n the body of the system drop in as Our company motto is the customer is always right LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 176 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Appendix G Calculation Formulas In LISTSERV Maestro calculation formulas are available in the context of the special Calc system drop in see Section 11 2 1 System Drop Ins This section describes the syntax and semantics of these calculation formulas A formu
16. host domain path paraml valuel param2 value2 param3 value3 will be fully replaced by LISTSERV Maestro with a tracking URL similar to this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp Since the parameters are also replaced by the tracking URL it does not matter if the parameter list contains a parameter called ref or not However this is only true if no merge field is used in the parameter list meaning that there are only constant parameters LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 58 Section 6 Tracking Section 6 Tracking The ability to track information about email jobs is a powerful resource for understanding how recipients respond to messages when messages are accessed and what types of recipients are actually seeing messages By understanding the types of recipients who are opening messages when they are opening them and whether they are clicking on links contained in them senders can precisely tailor future messages to specific recipients Recipients who are genuinely interested in the information contained in a message are much more likely to open and interact with the message Senders who understand their recipients needs and interests and target messages appropriately will experience higher levels of user satisfaction and enhance their own reputation Tracking and recording recipient and user information has ethical and legal implications L Soft expects that each user will utilize the softwar
17. ssssssssseeeee ener enn en nennen nennen 122 10 7 Using the Excel Add In coi t tre te HR ete ee ede ai 122 10 7 1 Downloading the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In ooooccoonocccccococcnononcncnanancno nono nonn nono nc nano emm eene 122 10 7 2 Installing the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into Excel oooocoonocccnnococccononcncnononcno nono nonnnon cnn nano emen 122 10 7 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In sess eene nennen eene 124 10 7 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In ooooocccnnoccccnonocccononacnnononn conan cnn r nono nono no men eeem nene 126 BR EISE anida 127 11 1 Managing Sender Profiles 1 0i ten it eee oia tende to de Diesen iq e ipia edo legit dex ep bx euet 127 111 HUI earam 129 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements sse enm eene 130 11 2 SES CEPI 133 11 3 Changing User PassWOTFQ 5 ie Uti ee e e e eund pel dede pet ate pde inim c e te ee dex tede ESE 137 11 4 Setting User Preferences ici aiii 138 Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee enn en enne nnnnn natnm annnn nnn nn nne nn ssi tn ss enn sante sni tn nanenane nanna 141 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual vi Table of Contents 12 1 Recipient Datasets ss 3 ates cea rectc tm E Rhet cerea a bes occa sais alert 141 12 2 Recipient Target Groups 0 ei RR B et A ODER ES e on ie ds 143 Glossary AOS Em 145 Appendix A
18. will be dropped in the message body e Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD_NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed in quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 134 Section 11 User Settings choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma is the desired separator character in the mail text the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by and the text surfing poker reading will be dropped in the message body Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT If a subscriber does not have any of the choices from the multiple selection list selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty string By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies
19. About This Cul xii What s New in LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 s sssssssssessssssessssssessessssssesssessessessseesessseestessessessessseeseesnssateseessesocssaeeneeseesseeass xiii Subscriber Interface Enhancement sss eene nenne enne nn nn rennes entren nere en nnne xiii The Subscriber Interface Customization Wizard sss enn ene rr rra rn nr xiii New Subscriber Options p oia xiv New Resource Translation Tool moco id xiv Recipient Data Management Enhancements cccccceececceceeeeeseeceeaeeeeeeesecaaeaeceeeeesedsecaaeaeeeeeseseeeeeaeeeeeeeseeseaees xiv Automatic BOUNCE PROCESSING 3 2 titio ert pde eec ia RIA ecu ieu tede XV Flexible Dataset Administration nennen nnne nennen nennen enne e nennen nennen XV Shared Subscriber Management and Reporting 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeesaeeeseeeaeeesseeeeeesneeeeeenaes XV Tracking Enhancements eii ote eec tra lata e SEN ed Ln eS Da ro aac xvi Tracking hestricllofis 22 52 ta A ee Ae e E LEE eee sete etos xvi Tracking Links in Drop Ins ssi adicta oscar oda za ba ELE RARE SR Pa LER xe RED RC NR RS pad xvi Administration Enhancements s r a xvi LUI AMIN ACCOUNT Ee xvi Refreshing the Subscriber Page Translations ccccccecceceeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeesenaaeeeeeeeeeseesaeaeeeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeeeneeaees xvi Greating a Test Bed Backe tele etl n a a a a a a ai xvi DomainKeys Signing
20. For example to select recipients from certain cities as recipients the recipient target group may appear as a drop down menu listing all the cities in the database Simply select the city or cities from the drop down menu and all recipients associated with those cities in the data source will be used in the recipient definition For menus that allow multiple selections click on the first selection and then press CTRL while clicking additional items or press SHIFT while clicking additional items to select a range of items Figure 10 Drop Down Menu Recipient Target Group Define Recipients options Source Source Details lt Back Input Values for Target Group Parameters Enter values for all parameters of the selected target group City Select Select a Albany Baltimore Brooklyn Buffalo Carson City Chicago Dublin El Paso This is an example of a drop down menu style target group Select the city or cities from the menu The recipients will be pulled from the database based on the city or cities selected Fairfax E Figure 11 Multiple Parameters Recipient Target Group Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Input Values for Target Group Parameters Enter values for all parameters of the selected target group State select one or more Age between 25 and 45
21. Opens the list of current reports if any Clicking the New Report button opens a series of screens that guides the user through the process of building a new customized report by defining data to collect and how to view or download that data Clicking on the Edit link of an existing report opens a series of screens that guides the user through the process of editing the report The Tracking Reports interface is the only way to create reports based on data from multiple jobs LISTSERV Maestro can generate several different types of reports with these methods or data can be downloaded for use in other statistical analysis programs For quick reports on delivery tests click on the Test Reports tab on the Delivered Job Details screen For more information on test reports see Section 7 3 Running Test Reports Tip In many cases it is easier to start from one of the quick reports available from the Delivered Jobs list save it and then make changes using the edit reports pages rather than starting from scratch 10 1 Tracking Reports Editing tracking reports is a more detailed way to generate custom reports Unlike the quick reports available from Delivered Jobs or Test Reports for delivery test data it is possible to combine data from multiple jobs as well as select the color of each data source To create a new report or edit an existing report click on the Tracking Reports icon A listing of previously created reports appears unless no
22. Separator Character A character or symbol used to separate one item from another In databases commas are often used as separator characters SQL Stands for Structured Query Language It is a language used to create maintain and query relational databases SQL uses regular English words for many of its commands making it easy to use It is often embedded within other programming languages Target Groups Predefined recipient lists complete with name and description created by the data administrator Target groups can simplify and streamline the use of data sources including databases uploaded text files and email lists to select recipients and recipient data to the point where end users do not need to know anything about how and where data is stored URL Stands for Uniform Resource Locator formerly Universal Resource Locator URLs are Internet addresses that tell browser programs where to find Internet resources The URL for L Soft is http www lsoft com LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 147 Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table Use this table to convert conventional AM and PM times to LISTSERV Maestro compatible format 1 00 AM equals 01 00 2 00 AM equals 02 00 3 00 AM equals 03 00 4 00 AM equals 04 00 5 00 AM equals 05 00 6 00 AM equals 06 00 7 00 AM equals 07 00 8 00 AM equals 08 00 9 00 AM
23. first set is a subset of the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 172 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Multi HOBBIES lt Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with only the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 3 If the subscriber has selected at least the hobby Swimming from the list HOBBIES any other hobbies can be selected as well as long as swimming is included use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type superset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is a superset of the set that contains only the hobby Swimming second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES gt Swimming Use this for subscribers with at least the given hobby Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 4 If the subscriber has selected any of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker not necessarily all of them and others not included can be selected from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type intersection If the set
24. personalizing the email one step further When using recipients uploaded as text files selected from the database by the Maestro User Interface or that come from a target group based on a hosted recipient list then the use of the name in the To header field does not fall under the constraints regarding charsets and text merging The name in the To header field will always be encoded with the charset that is optimal for exactly this name Users may safely write an email message in English and send it to international recipients Each recipient will see his or her name with the correct characters in the To header This means that a German recipient will correctly see umlauts a Russian will see Cyrillic and a Greek will see Greek letters under the condition that the original recipient list was in Unicode format and contained the names of the recipients with their respective international characters Just remember that with such a mixed language list of recipients merge values you should not also merge the name into the text body itself unless the text is encoded as Unicode UTF 8 as well due to of the problems described earlier When using recipients that are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list a hosted LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then again the bytes from the name merge value will be merged into the To header correctly by LISTSERV without the Maestro User Interface having a ch
25. 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table eeeeseeeeeeeee eene ennt cercare 148 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets cseccssecsseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeneeesaseessneesaseesseeaeaeeeesneaeneeaeeae 149 LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets nennen nee enne nnns 150 Merging Fields with International Character Sets sse eene eren 151 International Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header seee 153 LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets ssssssssseee eene nennen nnns 153 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files cesses nennen 155 Appendix D Email Related RFCS eeeseeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeeen nennen nennen ce 160 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks ceeseeeeeeeeeeeeee eese eee nnennn nennen nnn n nn nnn nn nnn natn sinn n sns set n astra nnn 161 syntax for Conditional BIocks ete I vire ee ore er eoo e dec es REB e vo pepe tu A due Ede eines 161 Nesting Conditional Blocks 5 coii nione tiere rette ed Re eon Ve eden Hee Ve len ine Tere Ee dn genie een 163 Conditional Bere 163 Testing Conditional Blocks inrcr ient nieder A nee bei e dne xe de es 164 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins eeeeeseeeseseeeeseeeeeeene enne nennen cnn 167 Login URL eee E e Efe de HH
26. Click Theough Events for link sneak peek Mtpz wwwisoftcom Sum 23 TED otal TT Additional Data Sources Summary Additional Data mory m Number of Gent Messages E zl Wl Humber of Sent Messages Sum 28 Executed Aug 19 2002 12 49 20 PM A isl Executed Aug 19 M gn E 1 Pip s NEAR SURE BAN ol Including events 2 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM 9 63 63 8 Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM w i E The same data is shown below in a different report form Figure 79 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Figure 80 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Events Count Events Percentage rt Tracking data for listing aport Tracking data for listing ow 25 rs p 100 Sum 9 Sum 13 um 8 wen S umi 20 Total 81 Additional Data Sources Summary Mil Number of Sect Messages Sum 2U sum is not necessarily restricted to only unique events data ourcec might cover overlapping avant sete Fira 2 01 06 05 PM Aug 18 2002 12 20 00 PM unti Aug 15 2007 06 56 00 PM To save a quick report as a regular report click the Create Report icon This opens the Define Report screen Click the Save amp Execute button and the quick report will be saved as a regular report with the same name Instructions for further editing and using tracking reports are covered in Section 10 Tracking Statist
27. Files Mail servers will most likely not Some firewalls strip HTML content linking to refuse a small message outside sources Drop in content can be used Some email clients refuse to show linked files Image server must be available Embedded No image server needed Large message size Files Firewall will not strip content Some mail servers may refuse or delete large Visible without a live Internet messages connection Drop in content can be used 5 3 1 Alternative Text for HTML Messages To add a plain text alternative to an HTML message follow these steps 1 Select the HTML with Alternatives option on the Define Messagescreen 2 Check Text Format This activates the Text Preview and Text tabs 3 Click on the Text tab to add the alternative text message The message can be uploaded pasted or typed directly into the box 4 Click the Text Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message Notes Any trackable links in the alternative text message must be enclosed within quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 5 1 Drop in Content and 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks A second check box for an AOL alternative may appear on the same line as the text alternative check box In most
28. It is then up to the data administrator or designated team member s to populate these fields For more information see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e The Upload wizard can now import data from files that are missing mandatory data fields This is done by simply defining default values to the fields with missing data For more information see the Data Administrators Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e LISTSERV Maestro can now keep subscriber activity change logs to assist with recovery in the event of a crash This log keeps track of the following activities subscribing unsubscribing joining un registering and address changes of all subscribers and members of hosted lists and datasets By default the subscriber change log is deactivated For more information see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e The name fields for Hosted LISTSERV Lists HLLs can now be marked as optional and the Firsthame lt space gt Lastname restriction has been removed For more information see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e The default language for use on the Subscriber Pages can now be set at the dataset level To set the language go to the General screen of the Recipient Dataset Definition wizard For more information see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e The number of entries for any single lookup table has been increased from 200 to 1000 items Fo
29. LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 99 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 84 Define Report Screen Data Sources Tab Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Tracking data for listing General Settings Data Sources Result Settings The following data sources have been defined for this report Color Data Source Description Open Up Events delete Open Up 1 Job copy Click Through Events for link logo http www lsoft com copy delete Click Through 1 Job 1 Link E lt ick Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com copy delete Click Through 1 Job 1 Link MN lt ick Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com copy delete Click Through 1 Job 1 Link I Click Through Events for link advanced order text http www order widgets now com copy delete Click Through 1 Job 1 Link Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com copy delete Click Through 1 Job 1 Link Number of Sent Messages copy delete Sent Messages 1 Job Add Data Source The Data Source Description section lists the defined data sources available for use in a report Click on the title of the data source to open the Data Source wizard and edit the selections Click on the copy link to make a copy of the data source Click on the delete l
30. Plugin A LISTSERV Maestro database plugin allows the Maestro User Interface to gain access to different databases Plugins need to be registered and configured by the LISTSERV Maestro system administrator For more information see the Administrator s Guide Quote Character In a SQL statement a character usually the single quote used to enclose string literals to set them off from the rest of the SQL statement LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 146 Glossary of Terms In a text file CSV file containing data a character or symbol used to surround a separator character that is used in the actual data in a column so that the separator character is not confused with the character that appears in the data For example if a comma is used as the separator character in a database file all the fields of data are separated by a comma If the comma is also used within a field a quote character must surround the entire field If the quote character is used in a field it must be used twice or escaped RFC Stands for Request for Comments These documents explain the rules that email and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively with each other on the Internet Understanding the rules is often helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems See Appendix D for links to various RFCs Select Statement A SQL statement in the form of a query that is issued to a database to retrieve data
31. Support for DomainKeys signatures in LISTSERV Maestro works on three levels e LISTSERV as the mail distribution engine must be configured to support DomainKeys signatures for certain address domains which requires creating a valid private public RSA key pair and additional configuration of LISTSERV parameters See the LISTSERV documentation for further details about setting up DomainKeys at a LISTSERV host e The LISTSERV Maestro Administration Hub allows you to enable or disable DomainKeys signatures on the application default level and the group single user level e The LISTSERV Maestro User Interface contains settings for defining the sender of a certain email job For information on the default DomainKeys signature settings see the Administrators Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 For information on using DomainKeys signatures while defining the sender information of an email job see Section 7 1 3 DomainKeys Settings System Support Enhancements The following database and operating system enhancements have been added to LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e Asian languages are now supported by LISTSERV Maestro This includes all Korean Chinese and Japanese characters charsets e It is now possible to define a MS SQL Server database using its instance name e IBM DB2 version 8 2 is now a supported DBMS for a system database or a recipient data source A new database plugin has been added to access IBM DB2 V8 2 with a thin driver which do
32. The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to correlate events with demographics use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster e Unique Tracking Records the number of times open up and click through events happen to unique recipients but is not associated with individual users or other identifying data Unique tracking is available For recipients uploaded as a text file and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the special list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients retrieved from by a database by LISTSERV For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard as long as the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tra
33. The values are shown as percentage of sent messages The values are shown as percentage of sent messages Event Data Sources Summary pi g g Summary bar all events are counted For each data source bar only unique events are counted pa Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 32 ll Click Through Events for link advanced order hitp www lsoft com Sum 46 h Events for tink logo Mtp www isoft com I Click Throwgh Events for link sneak preview text http mww widgets com Sum 20 jh Events for knik advan Itp wwn Moft com UI Click Through Events for link advanced order text htpi www order widgets now com Sum 17 j Events for bak sneak pr Mp vwm mdgets com Ill Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Jsoft com Sum 71 ough Events for lk advanced order text Mtp mww order_widgets_now com additional Data Sources Summary h Events for fink ancak pock Nttpi errw Jaoft conm Bl Number of Unbounced Messages Sum 100 Additional Data Sources Summary E Number of Unbounced Messages The total sum is not necessarily restricted to only unique events as the different data sources might cover overlapping event sets 2 02 16 49 PM Executed Sep 30 A j Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Including events fro Executed Sep 30 2002 01 54 59 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 0
34. ToLower text Function Returns the given text argument with all letters converted to lowercase letters Return Type Text Arguments text Text type The text string to convert to lowercase Examples ToLower Convert All UPPERCASE to Lowercase ToMillis ToMillis datetext formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Returns the numerical value representing the date time as parsed from a text string argument where the numerical value specifies the date time in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT can then be compared to the output of the functions CurrentMillis and SubscribeTimeMillis or be used as input to ToDate The format used to parse the given date time text string is specified with the given format argument Note For parsing purposes LISTSERV Maestro will by default assume the U S locale and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running i e if locale specific texts like weekday names names of months etc are contained in the date time text string they must appear with the correct names of the U S locale Similarly times given in the date time text string will be interpreted as relative to the server s time zone To specify a different locale use the optional parameter 1ocalename to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters 1angcode and countrycode to speci
35. West European 150 1 zi TES Define Recipients Cancel Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt Source Information about the recipients source file Recipients File Define recipients now Source File test list csv Jan 30 2004 10 29 13 AM Upload a different file Upload Date Time C Load recipients just before sending from a server file File Name File Encoding west European ISO 1 zi Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro 4 5 3 Source Details When a text file is uploaded LISTSERV Maestro will try to determine how the columns of data are separated and how each column or field of data is labeled header on the Source Details screen In order to send out an email job LISTSERV Maestro must correctly interpret which column contains the name of the recipient and which column contains the email address of the recipient Other fields may be included and will appear in the Preview section located on the lower half of the screen LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 28 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 26 Define Recipients Source Details Parse Recipients Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next gt Parse Recipients The uploaded sourc
36. a Linux client can be used to access LISTSERV Maestro on a Windows server and vice versa It is important to note that recipients of email being tracked by LISTSERV Maestro may use whatever browser they wish to access the URLs contained in the message Tracking occurs no matter what browser is used by email recipients 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro Once the system administrator has installed the program and created user accounts set a compatible browser to http Your Maestro Host lui A user name and password are required in order to login and access the program If an account is a member of a group the group name will also be required at login Figure 1 LISTSERV Maestro Login Screen LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 LISTSERV Login User Password Group Enter user name password and group if required and then click the Login button User names and groups are not case sensitive Passwords are case sensitive and must have a minimum of five characters LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface The opening screen of LISTSERV Maestro s interface contains various sets of functional and navigational icons The top right of each page in the LISTSERV Maestro interface includes all or a subset of these four small icons Table I Navigational Icons 5 Home brings the user back to th
37. and approved for delivery but have not yet been sent The Outbox also lists jobs that have failed during delivery for some reason e Delivered Jobs Lists all the email jobs that have been delivered From here it is possible to generate quick reports on a selected delivered job e Tracking Reports Engages the Reporting wizard to produce graphs and reports from the tracking data collected from delivered messages e Recipient Warehouse Contains the recipient target groups and data tables used to store data both of which are defined by the Data Administrator The Data Administrator may grant access to other users in the group to manage subscriptions or to customize the subscriber web pages For more information see the Data Administrator s Manual LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface e User Settings Stores information about sender profiles and drop in content elements Also listed here are options to change the login password and to define individual user preferences These icons are repeated along the left side of every screen for navigational purposes we X MAESTRO Figure 2 LISTSERV Maestro Home Page y a Start New Job Resume Job m ty Outbox Delivered Jobs Tracking Reports Es Recipient Warehouse User Settings 20988000 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Def
38. are not part of the syntax but they are used to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets to negate a field e Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison e Replace op with the set operator being employed for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements lt Subset Checks if the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set If two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set gt Superset Checks if the first set is a superset of the second set The first set is a superset of the second set if the first set contains the entire second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set If two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always
39. is less than gt is greater than or equal to lt is less than or equal to matches wildcard expression negation used in conjunction with the other mathematical operators for instance means is not equal to IN The specified text is found in the space separated data provided For instance bb DEC IN amp DATE The server s internal variable amp DATE outputs the day s date in the format Day dd Mon yyyy hh mm ss TZ This statement would evaluate true if the date were any day in December and false for any other day of the year NOT IN The specified text is not found in the space separated data provided Testing Conditional Blocks Any number of conditional blocks can be inserted into the body of a message Conditional blocks will be processed and resolved by LISTSERV during delivery and will not appear as part of the final message that is sent to recipients Figure 129 shows a plain text message that contains conditional blocks and merge fields Figures 130 and 131 show variations of the resulting message when certain conditions are met One of the most important steps to perform when using multiple conditional blocks is extensive testing Send messages to test every condition and combination of conditions to ensure that your conditional text matches up with your recipient data in the expected manner Important Any basic syntax errors that are detected when the job is tran
40. 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule VannaGserver company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen identify the recipients email address and name by using the drop down menus for the Email Column and the Name Column 4 3 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the selection made for the current job including the original job the selected recipients the time period the special purpose columns and a sample of recipients from the original job this sample will not reflect any header changes you made LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 24 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job This recipient definition transfers all the data and settings from a previous job to the new job The recipient definition from any job that has already had the recipients defined can be used as a template for the new job the copied job does not have to have been delivered Using this option can save time by reusing an already created recipients list as a template for a new job Some settings can be changed within the new job depending on
41. Company Address in plain text Aug 14 2002 03 29 31 PM html Old Company Address in HTML format Aug 14 2002 03 31 00 PM old address text Old Company Address in plain text Aug 14 2002 03 31 38 PM phone Toll free phone number Aug 5 2002 10 06 29 AM From the Edit Drop In Content Element screen select the type of drop in from the drop down menu The Edit Drop In Content Element screen will refresh and display the options associated with the drop in type you selected Four types of drop in content elements can be created e Text Text elements can be Plain Text or HTML Text Plain text elements are best suited for plain text or alternative text messages HTML text drop ins contain HTML tags to format the text such as lt br gt for a line break and lt b gt for bold Plain text can be inserted into an HTML message but formatting such as line breaks will not necessarily appear as expected HTML text containing tags is not compatible with a plain text message because the tags will be seen in the message and will not format the text Select either Plan Text or HTML Test for the formatting of the drop in Plain Text does not support the use of HTML Tags but HTML Text does Drop in content for plain text messages should be rendered using the Plain Text option and drop in content for HTML should be rendered using the HTML Text option For HTML messages with alternative text create two separate drop ins one in each format an
42. Conditional Blocks for more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to include at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Figure 46 Conditional Content Settings Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job The current content definition contains HTML with a plain text alternative Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipients that meet the following condition email type h e Send plain text content to all other recipients OK Cancel e HTML content with plain text alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content If a recipient fulfills the condition the full HTML email including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the condition a simple plain text email is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without applying conditio
43. Database v The drop in contains 9 Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in 4 land Database Plugin Select SQL Statement Test SQL Statement 11 2 1 System Drop Ins System drop ins are special drop in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro Some system drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message as well as the use of other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced 11 2 1 1 Login URL The login URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list login html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted l
44. Dataset Details screen you will be able to access the Membership Area Layout tab and the Subscriber Access URLs link will be active Figure 127 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Customize Subscriber Pages Permission Recipient Dataset Details onm Dataset Info Subscriber Access URLs Settings Overview Membership Area Layout Name Widget Company Description Widget Company Dataset Members 0 Open to everyone Access Pages Language English Default Data Encoding West European ISO 1 Shared Fields EMAIL FRAME EME Text Text Text Fields formatted in bold are mandatory fields which the member must fill out LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 141 Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse For more information of customizing subscriber pages see the Interface Customization Manual For more information on the Subscriber Access URLs link see Section 11 Giving Subscribers Access to URLs in the Data Administrator s Manual Add Remove Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to add new member to the dataset or new subscribers to the hosted lists within the dataset You ll also be able to remove members or subscribers from the dataset or its lists If this permission is granted then the Modify Subscribers and Browse Subscribers permissions are also granted Figure 128 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Add
45. Figure 89 Data Source Summary Screen sesiis inritade sienai taedia iiine eei nene een eei inaani ieia tataii ieii 103 Figure 90 Result Settings Tab for the Event Distribution over Time Option seeemm 105 Figure 91 Result Settings Tab for the Sum of Events OptiON oooooocccnnocicononocnnononcccnanoncnnnnnn cnn nnnnnnn canon emm enne 106 Figure 92 Result Settings Tab for the Recipient Details Option ooooononccnnonocacononcccnanonnnnnnnancnnnornncnnno mmn 107 Figure 93 Result Setting Tab for the Event Details OptiON ooonoononcccnonocicononocnnononcccnnnancnn eee een 107 Figure 94 Events Distributed Over Time Report VariatiONS ooonocccnnnoniciconocinnnoncccnanannnnnnan cnn nnnrn ener 109 Figure 95 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations ssssseeene emen 109 Figure 96 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data ssssssssssssssseseeerenee eene enne tren e nnne 110 Figure 97 Change View Settings erected eiii 111 Figure 98 Sum of Events Report Variations ooonooonncoccnonocccononacnnonononcnnnannnn nono cnn eene eren en nemen nnne nne 113 Figure 99 Sum of Events Report Variations ooonnoonoccccnnnocccononocnnononononononnnc nono cnn nan n cn naar nr rra nn rar nenne nennen nennen nennen 113 Figure 100 Download Sum of Events Data sse ene enne nne nan nn rr nan nr en nnn nennen 114 Figure 101 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report
46. HTML M Check which type s of recipients to include Text You must select at least one of HTML or text otherwise no recipients will be selected LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 14 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job There can be more than one parameter on the Source Details screen therefore scroll down to make sure values have been selected for all parameters After selections have been made click Next gt to continue and to query against the data source 4 1 4 Recipient Details There are no Recipient Details for recipient target groups 4 1 5 Summary If the target group is defined to retrieve recipients then the Summary screen will appear listing the count and a sample of the recipients who matched the criteria and make up the recipients list Valid recipients and recipients with errors in their addresses may be downloaded Duplicate elimination is usually determined by the data administrator when the target group is first created If the target group is defined to retrieve recipients just before sending then the Summary screen simply summarizes the choices that were made throughout the Define Recipients wizard 4 2 Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Sending to an existing LISTSERV list uses the identified list s subscriber names and addresses to create the recipient list for the email job Contained in a drop down menu are all the LISTSERV lists available to the LISTSERV Maestro inst
47. He He He Ee Ute ete ee He e te ERR re Hee ne de eed deg 167 Unsubscribe URL yrei oe edet 167 Multiple Selection Fields neret ett terr met didas 168 Combining System Drop Ins with Conditional Blocks ooooonocoinncccnnnonicononacanononcnonanonnnn nono emen eene 173 Formula Galcul tion 72 E eee Ge dee ner a ursi e re sn Ren 174 Escaping Quote Characters i 2 oed appe te Uie e peii aire 176 Appendix G Calculation Formulas eeeeeseeeeeeee esee eene nennen nena ecc 177 EXpressiOlis EAE E A eia na Uu A E lo MEE EI NE 177 Constant Number Expressions ccceccececceceeeeeeeeeae cece cece eee aeaeeeeeeesecaaeaeeeeeeesecaeaeeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeseseecaeeeeeeeeetees 177 Constant Text Literal Expressions cc ccccceceeeeeeeee cece eeeeseeeaeaeeeeeee ttet tt tn Es Eert EEEE ESSEE EEES Seet EEEn Eeste Entenet renne 178 Standard Merge Field Expressions ssseseeeeeene enne nnne ennemi en nenne entren nns 178 Optional Merge Field Expresslons 5 1 eite e puente dete eie ue pe eate Dind ne lese fe Dee do orien de Dd dogs 179 Function EXpressions eerie ida rte ctae Decet tse ple resto P vibe ke bread Eon cpu pre rh ca dL pe Ee ecu eu pep re starkes 180 Operador A A e feu ee inca i AURI SRM de seed eset EG 180 Operators for Number Operands sssssssseesesee eene eene nennen nere en iaaa iiaa rien eieaa enne 181 Operators for Text Operands israe te SG IAS 181
48. I v ie one Ee iege de ges 164 Table 9 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags ier a Xe lenire once I cle Lene i e terne Teen 197 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xi Preface About This Manual Preface About This Manual Every effort has been made to ensure that this document is an accurate representation of the functionality of LISTSERV Maestro As with every software application development continues after the documentation has gone to press so small inconsistencies may occur We would appreciate any feedback on this manual Send comments via email to MANUALS LSOFT COM The following documentation conventions have been used in this manual e Options icons fields and text boxes on the screen will be bold i e the Start New Job icon e Clickable buttons will be bold and within brackets i e the OK button e Clickable links will be bold and underlined i e the Edit link e Directory names commands and examples of editing program files will appear in Courier New font e Emphasized words or phrases will be underlined e Some screen captures have been cropped for emphasis or descriptive purposes This symbol denotes an important note or warning Tip This symbol denotes optional advice to save time LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xii What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 What s New in LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 LISTSERV Maestro is a highly intuitive email marketing solution that provi
49. If only one type of tracking is available then only that type of tracking will be shown on the Tracking Details screen If the content of the message is HTML or if there is at least one trackable link in the message then the Standard Tracking tab will be displayed There are two types of Standard Tracking available e Open Up Tracking LISTSERV Maestro will register when an email message is opened by its recipient and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who opened the email Open up tracking is only available for HTML messages Some email clients can be configured to block open up tracking therefore open up tracking cannot provide an exact count of open ups but can give you a lower estimate In other words if a job has a 5096 open up rate then this indicates that at least 50 of the messages were opened but it s probably more e Click Through Tracking LISTSERV Maestro will register each time a recipient clicks on a link in the message and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who clicked the link To specify which links to track click Define Tracking URLs The Track AII Links shortcut will automatically register all links in the message for tracking The Next gt button will become active and it is possible to continue to the next screen in the wizard This shortcut will not assign link aliases a means to name links for easier identification in
50. Next gt Recipients Source Send to LISTSERV List Information about the currently selected LISTSERV list List Name INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group y C Send jd7 Select BASEBALL TALK Open discussion list for baseball ble BASKET TALK Open discussion list for basketball Send jQ BIO TALK BACK Open discussion list for the Biology Dep No bou FOOTBALL TALK Discussion of all things football Standa INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group No mai blind tracking possible message is defined The sender of a message is defined using the Define Sender icon located on the Work Flow diagram If the message is sent as a standard list message the From address field in Define Sender must be an authorized sender for that list For more information on defining the sender of a job see Section 7 1 Define Sender 4 2 3 Source Details The Source Details screen will become active if the selected LISTSERV list has topics defined and the Send job as standard list message to list members option is selected It will also become active if the Send job as special list message option is selected as the message type for the job No Source Details screen will open if the selected list has no topics and the message is sent as a standard list message to list members e Important The type of message selected has an impact on how the sender of the 4 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics LISTSERV list
51. Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 69 Section 6 Tracking 6 6 Summary A summary of the tracking behavior will be presented Click lt Back to return to an earlier screen to change selections Click Finish to return to the Job Details screen the Workflow diagram or the Summary diagram Figure 61 Tracking Definition Summary Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary e li Tracking Summary You have specified the following e mail tracking behavior Tracking Type The tracking type unique is used Open Up Tracking Open Up Tracking is ON Drop In Tracking All trackable links appearing in drop ins are tracked each link with the name of the drop in it appears in as the link alias Click Through Tracking Click Through Tracking has been enabled for the following URLs No Alias http papaya ease Isoft com 8081 Main Body No Alias http papaya ease Isoft com 8081 myfreekit html Main Body LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 70 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options Defining the sender of an email job can take place at any point in the process of creating or editing a job It is necessary however to have sender information added to a job before delivery testing so that authorization to deliver the message can take place 7 1 Define Sender Enter sender information from t
52. Note Time entered in the Time field uses the 24 hour format For example 08 00 would be 8 am and 20 00 would be 8 pm See Appendix A for a table on converting from AM and PM times to their 24 hour equivalents Click OK to continue Jobs scheduled for future sending will be available in the Outbox It is possible to revoke the send authorization of a job up until the delivery time This moves the job back into the Resume Jobs list for further editing If a job is changed test messages must be resent and final approval will have to occur again before the job can be re authorized 7 4 2 Advanced Scheduling Options In addition to the basic scheduling options described in Section 7 4 1 there are also advanced options available for defining the delivery schedule The advanced options are disabled by default The Click to enable link expands the Delivery Settings screen If you want to disable the advanced options later use the Click to disable link that appears when the advanced options screen is exposed The advanced options are enabled or disabled on a per job basis LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 79 Section 7 Figure 68 Advanced Scheduling Options Delivery Settings Supply Delivery Information Deliver immediately when authorized 9 Deliver at the following time Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Advanced Scheduling Options O Deliver only once Do not auto repeat If the system is down at
53. Operator Precedence and Parenthesis cccoconccinococinononcncnononcnonono nono no nn nr canon ene ennemi nennen enne 181 Autonmatic Type COonverslon 2 2 2 2 3 e i 182 Formula FUMCHONS es ernia at 182 Date and Time Patterns 3c ii eu eia ee n E OR qe dpt titt e qute tite edie eee 191 Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL eseeseeeseeeeeeeseeee nennen enean rca 197 AOL Alternative Text for HTML Messages sssseee ee emen nennen nenne enhn inneren nenne enne 197 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual vii Table of Contents AOL and Conditional Content 2 2 interi n tren Lent EE tre cad Lea Iu ua titi 198 Appendix I Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client eene 200 eas E E s 200 HTML Upload oti et Ee n tu Ce eL EI cur t teet teet oa tot 200 Appendix J Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful Email Marketing Campaign 201 Life eme NO 203 Figures Figure 1 LISTSERV Maestro Login Screen ocoooccconoccccnonoccnonononcnnnonnncnnno cnn ron nn nn nan nennen ennemi enne en nennen nene e entren nnns 2 Figure 2 LISTSERV Maestro Home Page sse nemen enne nennen nennen nera nnns entren nnns 4 Figure 3 Start New JOD Screen ci eee rie 6 Figure 4 Workflow Diagram on Job Details Screen ooooonnncccconocicono
54. Ruatan St SanJose California 95109 F 1966 Ines maestro demo soft com Ines Ito 360 Boyd Hall Room 551 New York New York 10240 F 1962 Jocelyne maestro demo lsoft com Jocelyne Jones 239 Periwinkle Lane Brooklyn New York 11204 T 1961 Lisaipmaestro demo Isoft com Lisa Lopez 5 Gentle Cir Suite 550 Miami Florida 33010 T 1959 Mirjam maestro demo lsoft com Mirjam McIntosh 5603 Albia Rd Fairfax Virginia 20851 F 1958 4 5 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define Duplicate Elimination button to initiate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns desired Click OK to remove duplicates and return to the Summary screen Tip Removing duplicates from recipient data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to fip have more than one email address i e a work email address and a personal email address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates i e a customer ID number it is possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different email addresses Conversely several recipients may use the same email address for example family members sharing an ISP may also shar
55. Sm http www order widgets now com IW Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www soft com Sum 23 Total 125 Additional Data Sources Summary Wl Number of Sent Messages Sum 28 Executed Aug 19 2002 12 49 28 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Figure 95 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations Events distribution over time chart with the percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent and accumulation of events rt Tracking data for 257 192 128 64 0 From Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM To Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM Time intervals The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval The values are shown as percentage of unbounced sent messages Event Data Sources Summary ll Open Up Events Sum 214 E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 42 Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com Sum 50 Pecentage of the total number of unbounced messages Click Through Events for link sneak preview text ur http www widgets com Sum 35 Click Through Events for link advanced order text Mesones arder widgats nowicam Emp RR Wi Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com Sum 82 Additio
56. Tracking URLs remove any of the links by clicking the Remove link adjacent to each URL or remove all the links by clicking the Remove All link at the bottom of the listing Click Next gt to continue 6 3 2 About Link Aliases A link alias gives each tracked link a special name that distinguishes it from other links even if they go to the same URL This becomes significant when viewing tracking data making it possible to discern tracking events by alias name instead of just the target URL Assigning aliases depends in part on what is being measured and compared in tracking reports Aliases can be assigned to individuate URLs that go to the same source or to group URLs that go to different sources together under one name Aliases are also helpful when reading tracking reports In a tracking report each tracked link is labeled with its URL Many times URLs even when different from each other are not significant to those viewing reports By assigning an alias the tracked link is labeled with meaningful text as well as the URL Aliases are optional When aliases for tracked links are not defined LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data This may be adequate if each URL appears only once in the email message or if there is no need to track which of several instances were clicked If the same URL appears in several links in the message it will not be possible to know which of the links was actual
57. a Database sss 44 Figure 43 Define Message Scr en nena e vnd dee Eee 45 Figure 44 Drop In Content Settings coiere eee deron titt e ee tese Ee A hee te Med pre de nnb vene de pda dun 46 Figure 45 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins sessssneeneeeene enne nennen nemen enne nns 47 Figure 46 Conditional Content Settings ssssssssseeeene enne nennen nere enne ener en nenne enne nnns 50 Figure 47 Define Message Attachments sssssssseseeseenene eene nennen enn enters en rre nennen nene nennen nns 51 Figure 48 Language Charset Settings ecrire te etre RIT ee Le EE Ee Tee e Ede de are e Re rien 52 Figure 49 Available Merge Fields and Drop In sssesseeeneeemeene nenne enne nnnm nennen nnne 53 Figure 50 Merge Fields Example 5 2 tte e tr e RA Pr De EE ER ERR aene OR ead 53 Figure 51 Conditional Block Example oooonoocccnnnocccnnoccccnononcnononononnnoncncnnno nemen e enne en nenne enne inneren nnne nnn en nns 54 Figure 52 Turn Tracking ONO Oft metre xar e Ah EIU Eandem 60 Figure 53 Standard Trackirig data 61 Figure 54 Drop in TRACKING i ete tede p ede ie er ETE 61 Figure 55 Click Through Tracking Definition oooononcccnnnncicononoccnnnoncncnnnannnn nono cnn nan n nn nano nenne enne enne nennen nnne nns 63 Figure 56 Track Link With or Without Alias csseseeseeeeene enne nennen nnnm
58. an attachment click the delete link next that particular attachment To download an attachment to a local drive click the download link next to that particular attachment 5 5 Setting the Language Character Set A character set also called charset character encoding code page or character page is a table that matches numbers the digital information sent by computers over the Internet to letters or more precisely characters Due to the nature of digital information and email all data is reduced to numeric code there is a finite number of positions in this table to correspond to letters and other symbols of a language Therefore different charsets have been developed to correspond to the different letters and symbols for different languages A charset will not translate one language to another it only encodes data to match positions in the table to specific characters For example in the charset ISO 8859 1 matching an alphabet suitable for West European languages the position number 196 represents the umlaut A The same position 196 using the charset ISO 8859 7 the Greek alphabet matches the Greek letter A As a result the same position number in the table will result in different characters LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 51 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job being displayed depending on the charset used for the encoding For more information on this subject see Appendix B LI
59. and click on the Visualize Tracking Statistics icon in the toolbar it looks like two small footprints The Visualizing Tracker Statistics screen opens Select the Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file option to create a new workbook and generate a chart based on the downloaded tracking data Figure 109 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import Dialog Box LISTSERY Maestro Xx Visualize Tracking Statistics select one ofthe following options to visualize LISTSERY Maestro tracking data as an Excel chart Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file Let Excel create a new workbook with the data from a previously downloaded tracking data file and generate a chart from the imported values C Convert the current worksheet Let Excel create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet S Click the Start button A file selection screen will open Navigate to the txt file with the tracking data previously downloaded and open this file Excel will automatically open a new workbook Once the workbook has been created successfully save it using the Save Statistic File screen After the file had been saved a message will appear saying the data has been successfully imported and saved as an Excel Workbook Click OK to close the message LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 124 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports The new workbook has two sheets The
60. and do not honor subscriptions settings such as SUBJECTHDR DIGEST or NOMAIL However the subscription settings MAIL DIGEST INDEX and NOMAIL can be used to subset the list List owners generally use such special messages to send administrative messages to a certain class of subscribers for example all subscribers set to NOMAIL When messages are sent to a list as a special list message the Source Details screen allows for setting a condition as well as setting other options for mail delivery Setting a condition is a means of creating a subset of recipients from the selected LISTSERV list based on the email address or in the case of DBMS based lists other information in the list s database table For information on setting conditions for a LISTSERV list see the LISTSERV Developer s Guide available online at http www Isoft com resources manuals asp There are four options for a LISTSERV list that can be set by checking the adjacent boxes The options are standard LISTSERV settings that subscribers may have set for their subscriptions e MAIL Will deliver the message to all normally subscribed users e DIGEST Will deliver the message to users that receive only a digest e INDEX Will deliver the message to users that receive only an index of subjects e NOMAIL Will deliver the message to users that currently receive no mail LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 18 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email J
61. be filled in with the email address e Reply To Address This is an optional field Include an email address if replies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s email address e Bounce Handling Select Handle bounced messages automatically to have LISTSERV handle bounced messages or select Send bounced messages to and enter an email address in the text box This email address will be the address where all bounced messages are sent To enable advanced sender information click the Click to enable link The Advanced Sender Information Settings section lets you define additional user defined mail headers following the X Header convention as described in RFC822 Enter the header name including the leading X which is mandatory into the X Header Name column and the text for that header into the X Header Text column The additional headers will be added to the end of the header part of the email just before the actual message content They will be added in the order you enter them Rows where both the name and the text columns are empty are ignored therefore to remove a certain header simply click the Clear Row link If you need more rows click the Add Row link Figure 114 The Edit Sender Profile Screen with Advanced Sender Information Settings Edit Sender Profile Profile Title E mail Address Sender Name optional Reply To Address optional Bounce H
62. bounces The top bar displays the total number of al bounces The bars below represent the total number of bounces divided into different bounce types Bounce types are based on RFC LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 91 Section 9 Delivered Jobs error codes that define the characteristics of why the message bounced The codes are documented in RFC 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes LISTSERV Maestro groups bounces into types based on the codes specified in this RFC The group types LISTSERV Maestro uses are e Unknown delivery errors RFC 1893 4 0 x and 5 0 x All otherwise unspecified errors e Address related errors RFC 1893 4 1 x and 5 1 x Includes errors like Unknown user at host or Unknown host e Recipient mailbox related errors RFC 1893 4 2 x and 5 2 x Includes errors like Recipients mailbox full Mailbox disabled or Mail too large e Mail system related errors RFC 1893 4 3 x and 5 3 x Includes errors like Mail system full or Message too big for system e Network related errors RFC 1893 4 4 x and 5 4 x Includes routing errors and errors like No answer from host or Bad connection e Mail protocol related errors RFC 1893 4 5 x and 5 5 x Errors on the mail protocol level e Message content related errors RFC 1893 4 6 x and 5 6 x Includes errors like Conversion failed or Conversion not supported e Security or policy related errors RFC 1893 4 7 x and 5 7 x Errors f
63. but that do meet the following condition amp email type a e Send plain text content to all other recipients OK Cancel There are three possible situations that conditions can be used to deliver the message format preferred by individual recipients an HTML message with a text alternative an HTML message with an AOL formatted alternative and an HTML message with both a text alternative and an AOL alternative e HTML content with plain text alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content If a recipient fulfills the condition the full HTML email including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient f the recipient does not fulfill the condition a simple plain text email is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 198 Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL e HTML content with AOL format alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content If a recipient fulfills the condition a pure HTML email with no alternatives is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the condition an email in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL format alternative e HTML content with both AOL format and plain text alternatives two conditions need to be specified one for the HTML content and one for the AOL format content evaluated in the follo
64. but will instead be the number 123456 i e first the string concatenation operator is applied to the two strings and then the resulting string is converted into a number ToUpper ToUpper text Function Returns the given text argument with all letters converted to uppercase letters Return Type Text Arguments text Text type The text string to convert to uppercase Examples ToUpper convert all lowercase to uppercase Date and Time Patterns The format of the date and time patterns must be specified for the functions ToDate and ToMi11is to convert a numerical date time value represented in milliseconds since Jan 1t 1970 00 00 00 GMT into a formatted output string or vice versa The pattern format described here applies to the formatting process when a numerical date time value is converted into a formatted text string and to the parsing process when a text string is parsed to convert it back into the numerical date time value LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 191 Appendix G Calculation Formulas current time zone of the server where the Maestro User Interface LUI component is running is used This means that if locale specific values names of months weekdays era designators and the like are required they will be given as the U S locale values by default Similarly if a time is given it will be formatted or int
65. changed Refresh 5 2 Creating Text Messages To create a plain text message with LISTSERV Maestro select the Plain Text option Then type in the Plain Text text box or click Upload Plain Text to upload a text file If drop in content has been enabled the Plain Text Preview tab will appear Click on this tab to see what the drop in content elements look like within the body of the message Tip Tip Uploading a file composed in a word processing program can be beneficial because itis possible to use spelling and grammar checkers Just be sure to save the file as text not in the word processor format Click OK when finished composing or uploading the message Important In order to track links inside of text messages it is necessary to enclose the URL within quotation marks http www Isoft com These quotation marks will be removed from the recipients copy of the message and serve only to let the system know that there is a trackable link in the message 5 3 Creating HTML Messages There are several ways to compose HTML messages in LISTSERV Maestro e Upload an HTML file from a local drive e Copy and paste HTML source code from another application e Type in HTML source code HTML messages can be created locally in any HTML editing program and uploaded to LISTSERV Maestro In order for any links to be tracked in an HTML message they must be enclosed within quotation marks Most HTML editors will do this auto
66. charset IS0 8859 3 North European Latin 4 charset ISO 8859 4 Advanced please select LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically but not Unicode LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically allow Unicode West European plus Euro Currency Symbol IS0 8859 15 Cyrillic Charset ISO 8859 5 Arabic Charset ISO 8859 6 Tip If LISTSERV Maestro is being used to send mail to recipients in a single language Tip environment either with plain English or with one of the common West European languages the safest choice for a character set charset is always ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 charset It contains all 26 common alphabetic characters both in upper and lower case all the common punctuation characters and the more common special characters like and others In addition it contains the characters with diacritics required for many West European languages such as c and others It is not always necessary or possible to change the charset for email messages Using other charsets can become quite complex especially when merged data is involved Each charset has advantages and disadvantages that are described in more detail in the online help and in Appendix B 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks LISTSERV provides the ability to customize mail messages for each recipient by merging in values uploaded with the recipient data or conditionally including blocks of text based
67. e helt an lh ien as Al lll Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Sum 14 nt view text y Ww ts Su T po iae T arz ae 3 are E oe qun ipa mS ai E Click Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com Sum 10 Click Through Events for link advanced order text htto mmw order_midgets_now com im ai ue NE net di jp scs y p omi ih a rte ol Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order text http www order_widgets_now com Sum 6 Chek Theo wents for link sneak peek http www de com Sum 2 ne e sil I Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com Sum 23 al Total 125 Additional Date Sources Summory Additional Data Sources Summary Bl number of Unbounced Messages Sum 28 Bl Number of Unbounced Messages Sum 28 The total sum is not necessari restricted to only ueque events as the different data sources might cover overtapping event sets Executed Sep 30 2002 02 20 27 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Executed Sep 30 2002 11 00 34 AM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Figure 99 Sum of Events Report Variations Sum of Unique Events as Percentages Sum of All Events as Percentages 92 214 2 arn 46 sow e i 17 21 n 02 100 100 AN ai Percentage of Unique Everts Visi o Percentad Of All Events 214
68. ee e e E e aa E a e a E E A a ae aa Aea 60 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLS oein nananana ai ence EN de ec NEE E A eel 62 6 3 2 About Link AliaS S ninin ai 64 64 Type of Tracking E A A eT a T E aa Marthe 65 CO Type Det dd c 68 RESINA ee ee A ee et 70 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options ccseccsseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneneeeaeeeneeessaeeeaseaeaseesaseaeaseeeaseasaeeesaseasaseaeaseaenes 71 LADEN Sendet n A behets ihe Dr eae E EO tard tro B oe eee et 71 7 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information ssssse enm eene 71 7 1 2 Bounce Handling ime e tn e a dd ed s 72 A 9 DomiainKeys Settirigs 5 or e e rer PR ear tar uter EN EHE rne er ER Re Reden 72 7 1 4 Advanced Sender Information Settings eene nennen enne 73 1 45 Profiles ois E O 73 2 Delivery Lesting for a JODA as 74 7 3 Runrning Test Reports ere eR Ct aue ERR ROREM MEER PR et en Een 76 4 Scheduling Delivery of a JoD 2 ertet eei er ee er Re E HER e e a RECENTE 78 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal JODS oooocoonocccnnonocacononcccnononnnononncnn nono cnn ano nr rr nano rennen enne nennen nnns 79 14 2 Advanced Scheduling Options 1 5 tre ete ubere eoe dee eraut Dido desde fe Dre eie de tate 79 74 3 Abo t Auto Repeat Jobs uti tiara dpe tee Ee gre nno tat ie 81 7 5 Authorizing a Job for Delivery siina delP USER iaa 83 7 5 1 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs oooooonccinoccccnnnoncncnononnnnnonncnnnno nn nn
69. enn rennen enne nns 63 Figure 57 Edit Tracked Lirik 5 iere ia 64 Figure 58 Tracking Type Detalls 2 5 ise 68 Figure 59 Personal Tracking Type Details sssseeeneeen emen mne enne enne en nennen nnne nns 68 Figure 60 Anonymous Tracking Type Details ooooononcccnnnociccnocacannnononcnonancnnnnnnnnnn nr n nn nano nennen enne enne ennemi nns 69 Figure 61 Tracking Definition Summary sss eene nene errar nennen nnne nns 70 Fig re 62 Edit Sender Information Screen cocinada 71 Fig re 63 Sender IO MAIN moci n Deae educ lince 73 Fig re 64 Delivery Test manninn Gosek Eoin i doeet doeet eode e n de fe tee sten edt der is 74 Figure 65 Delivery Test RESUS vv ei Rea Rc E edu eel geo 75 Fig re 66 Test Repo uti a Ati 76 Figtire 67 Delivery SOTINGS ciutat 79 Figure 68 Advanced Scheduling Options oocccococcccnococcnononcnononancnonononcnnno corr nnnn nn nao nn nennen ennemi rn ener rennes 80 Figure 69 Authorizing DellVety 5 etui tete een ite egi HRS IER es Ee HERE HR D Ende ox nens tane ER te ee Die th 84 Figure 70 Auto Repeat Re Authorization cccccccecceeceeeeaececeee a eE aae a A A A a a r a e 85 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Table of Contents Figure 71 Auto Repeat Authorization for a New Sequence ssssssssseeee eene e ennemi nns 86 Figure 2 Outbox t iex ee t e tete e elle e i i A Sen de c de rete e t ez 87 F
70. few selections from the multiple selection list many selections from the list and no selections from the list like this Multi HOBBIES separated by default lt no hobby selected gt more and COUNT more The line break has been added for readability In LISTSERV Maestro this would have to be on one line If both default and more are used default must come first and more second The resulting replacement text would be different for different subscribers depending on what if anything they had selected from the list Subscribers with only a few selected values would get the correct comma and space separated list for example Cycling Poker Swimming Subscribers with too many values would get the abbreviated list with a customized ellipsis text for example Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 170 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Subscribers without any selection would get a customized default text lt no hobby selected gt e Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalize content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a messa
71. first sheet shows the imported tracking data in chart form Figure 110 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time The second sheet contains a value table with the downloaded tracking data 2061 1417 06 300 081 4131 OR 00108 2000 17 00 000 081 anat Oo e 2004 247 082006 AMAT 2000 47 100 00 AMAT 20042047 129008 X1 4147 1 3006 B xena ismo 2061 11 47 1 amp 0010 meram II f oetarariesoce meram moe MN 2001 17 28 200 E fe Xet t1 ar 320000 e Better ze If 2 8 250 200 ett som o e 2000 01 90 00 000 j anam 00 aoo MH xev 2500200 Xe dh Ob Be 2000 01 90 0 000 3061 41 28 00 8008 2001 8 35 08 000 DB oe DO 41 35 1 000 2061 21 20 100 008 5 3004 047 06 220 o nar on voe 2000 00 4T 00 220 t Or 0H 2000 047 08 290 enar ie ve 2000 0 4T 11 290 300 647 12 9806 2000 047 129900 Met ot aT 1 690 2000 0 4T 1 590 Met et aT 16 990 DDN ET 17 99 00 Met et eT 16 20 200 0 AT 12 90 3X1 20 280 0T 22 9906 X047 22 99 00 20 ZA 950 3004 00 00 06 220 OI nh On o 2000 00 06 02 520 Nem Or voe 2000 00 00 04 99 00 dot 4 OR Sint 2000 0 000 000 3061 15 00 690 2004 00 00 08 99 00 2061 1 00 Ok Gace 2000 00 00 10 900 2001 01 80 11 420 Figure 111 Example Excel Data Table Chis wt ery rie om the rl Oir en irk De L Eo Perm page OnDoODODOCcOOGoOO0oO0o0o0000 002200 2020 K TTTIMETUITTTS Eijoooc
72. following sections assume some familiarity with the features available in LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 It is intended as an overview of the new features for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 For a more in depth description about the new features in LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 refer to the User s Manual the Administrator s Manual and the Data Administrator s Manual Subscriber Interface Enhancements Introduced in LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 the Subscriber Interface allowed subscribers to join LISTSERV Maestro Hosted Lists and update their own information Now with version 2 1 LISTSERV Maestro improves the Subscriber Interface by adding a powerful and flexible Customization wizard by providing the data administrator with new subscription management options and by offering a powerful tool for translating the LUI HUB and Subscriber Interface The Subscriber Interface Customization Wizard The Customization wizard for the Subscriber Interface makes it possible for the data administrator to customize every page and email that a subscriber will see This will make it easier for you to focus on your subscriber s touch points and convey your organization s message This same customization can be applied to all of the pages related to a single dataset or you can customize each individual page For example text for some lists can be in English and text for others can be in French or the entire look and feel of the signup page for an individual list can be different from
73. from the multiple selection list hobbies could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by default other If quotation marks are used in the replacement string then they must be escaped by using them twice in succession more CUSTOMIZED ELLIPSIS Ifa subscribers selections from the list are longer than approximately 800 characters the enumeration will break off and will be finished with an ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string may be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using COUNT anywhere in the string For example a subscriber selected many hobbies from the selection field hobbies and exceeded the 800 character limit for the drop in text Setting the customized ellipsis and the COUNT like this 4Multi hobbies separated by default other more and COUNT more would create a drop in that read surfing poker reading and 15 more If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession If both the default and the more optional parameters are used together in one string the default must be used first and then more Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of
74. have to be quoted and the ones which do not while the other style quotes only those fields which have to be quoted all others are left unquoted LISTSERV Maestro is able to understand both of these styles and also mixes of the two styles as long as the rules described here are followed e Ifa field is a quoted field and the quote character also appears as part of the value of the field then this character must be escaped Escape the quote character by using it twice in direct succession The double appearance of the quote character will be interpreted as a single appearance that is part of the field value e If afield is an unquoted field and the quote character also appears as part of the value of the field then this character must not be escaped Quote escaping is only necessary in quoted fields e A quoted field is parsed from the file as follows The field starts with the opening quote and ends with the next appearance of a not escpaed quote character after the opening quote The end of the field must then be followed by a separator character or by the end of the line trailing white space after the last field of the line is allowed e The value of the field is the text between the two quotes excluding the quotes Any escaped quotes in the value will be un escaped e An unquoted field is parsed from the file as follows The field starts with the first character and ends with the next appearance of the separator character
75. http www Isoft com Ews 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter Data Source Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Select NEWS 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter bata Source Click Through Events for link sneak peak http www Isoft com currently selected Data source Open Up Events with jobs e NEWS 020821B October Widget Company Newsletter Select a different time zone Time zone use my local time zone File encoding Select Select file encoding Bish Executed Aug 26 2002 04 08 47 PM Including events from Aug 26 2002 11 09 00 AM until Aug 26 2002 03 07 00 PM 10 6 1 Downloading Events Details Report Data Select the data source from the top frame by clicking the Select link The currently selected data source will appear in the lower frame Select the time zone from the top drop down menu and the file encoding from the bottom drop down menu Click the Download button to download the raw data to a local drive The downloaded data CSV file contains comma separated and quoted lt gt tabular data with the following columns e EVENT TIME The date and time to the second when the event was triggered e RECIPIENT_ID ID of the recipient who triggered the event If the tracking type is Personal then the RECIPIENT_ID will be the actual ID of the recipient as defined by the account holder in
76. ins have changed Refresh The following example demonstrates how overdue book notices can be customized using specific recipient data in the form of the fields EMAIL NAME IDNUM BRANCH BOOK1 BOOK2 BOOKS A text message merging the fields might look like this Figure 50 Merge Fields Example Dear amp NAME The following book s borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM are overdue amp BOOK1 amp BOOK2 amp BOOK3 Please return them to the library at BRANCH as soon as possible Sincerely Your Librarian kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Note This email was sent to amp EMAIL if you wish to change the email settings for library ID amp IDNUM please visit http library example com mylibrary kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 53 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job In an HTML message the HTML Code would be altered to include the merge fields being careful to respect the resulting HTML source code In an HTML message with alternative text or alternative AOL remember to put the merge fields in both the HTML Code and the alternative messages 5 6 2 Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Well thought out use of conditional blo
77. instances this is an obsolete setting but more information on formatting LISTSERV Maestro content for older versions of AOL mail clients can be found in Appendix H 5 3 2 Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive then that data can be used to send the preferred format to each recipient all LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 49 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is that it s possible to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choices as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable Conditional Content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Message screen when HTML with alternatives is selected see Figure 43 The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select the Enable conditional content option Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Appendix E Using
78. is prepared to display text with right to left reading direction properly and is also able to properly display bi directional text text that mixes characters with left to right and characters with right to left reading direction in the case of a Hebrew text that contains English names for example Some clients may only display the characters with the right direction but still left align each line of text instead of the correct right alignment Occurrences such as this are subject to the mail client itself and out of the scope of LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 154 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files The term comma separated format or tab separated format or CSV is often used as a catchall term for all kinds of text based data formats where the data is formatted in a line by line fashion Each line contains one date record and a number of columns per line where the different columns are separated by comma a tab or some other separator character LISTSERV Maestro can correctly interpret comma separated text files in various formats as long as the following rules are applied e Any character may be used as the separator character although a comma tab or semicolon is conventional e The same separator character must be used in all lines for the entire file e All lines in the file must have the same number of column
79. job owner can choose team members and assign each person privileges rights to perform certain functions within that job The job owner always has privileges to all the functions of his her job and other account holders may not revoke these privileges Other team members LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job can have different responsibilities for different aspects of a job Team members can also share responsibilities for the same aspects of a job Figure 6 Change Job Information Screen Change Job Information Job Title Widget Company September Newsletter Job ID Prefix NEWS placed before the system generated Job ID Team Collaboration Clicking Team Collaboration reveals other account holders in the job owner s group The job owner can choose the privileges to grant or revoke by clicking in the check boxes next to each account To grant or revoke a certain privilege for all accounts in the group click on the corresponding privilege in the title bar To grant or revoke all privileges for a certain account click on the account holder s name To grant or revoke all privileges for all accounts click on Team Member in the top left corner of the table It is also possible to copy permissions from another job by selecting the job from the drop down menu Click OK to save the settings Figure 7 Team Collaboration Screen Team Collaboration Select other
80. lex ELSE BB amp CURRENT POINTS gt 500 Content for recipients eligible for widget or digital camera Congratulations With your amp CURRENT POINTS point balance you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you with Calc COUIRRENT POWUNS 300 joomts mensilmilas Yom also queliy tor amp te digital camera which will leave you with Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 500 points remaining ELSE BB amp CURRENT POINTS gt 300 Content for recipients eligible for widget only LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 175 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins YOU are om track Wita your current pOint balance Oi CCURRENT PODLNIS you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you Calc SQUIRRGINE TONS SOQ jxoginess oz you cana COllece cale 500 GOURRENT POUNUS p move jOOliMeSs 0 equalisy iex e Cligaical Ceimeicel ELSE Content for recipients eligible for no gifts yet Keep going You already have amp CURRENT POINTS collected Only another Cale 300 ECURRMENT POINTS polaes tO go ame you cam recelve a tree watch Bercer yet seve Cale 500 CURRENT POINTS more points and receive a free digital camera EB Important Formulas offer many more features than illustrated in the scenario above All the standard operators like
81. list Lists that do have their own fields will also have their own web subscription forms generated when the list is created All the fields that appear in the dataset and in a particular list can be used as merged fields for messages sent to that list Hosted LISTSERV List On some platforms it is possible for LISTSERV Maestro to create traditional LISTSERV lists and store the subscription data for these lists such that they are accessible from the LISTSERV Maestro subscription pages These types of lists are referred to as Hosted LISTSERV Lists or HLLs because their data is hosted within LISTSERV Maestro s system database Hosted Recipient Data A collection of data organized in columns and rows related to recipients and stored inside LISTSERV Maestro Hosted Recipient List Lists that are controlled completely by LISTSERV Maestro Link Alias Gives each trackable link a special name Aliases can be used to differentiate between two different links that go to the same URL Each link in this case would be given a different alias Aliases can also be used to group different links together into a larger group in order to measure the overall number of clicks in a message In this case all the links would be given the same alias If aliases are not defined for tracked links aliases are optional then LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data LISTSERV The most prevalent email list manag
82. message happens with a Java based upload applet This applet is executed on the client computer where the Netscape or Mozilla browser is running and it is started automatically by the browser when the Upload HTML button is clicked For Netscape and Mozilla on Linux to be able to start and run this Java applet you must have the Java 1 4 or later plugin installed The applet will not work with the Java 1 3 plugin Please go to Sun s Java pages at http java sun com or to the homepage of your browser to learn how to install the Java plugin LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 200 Appendix J Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful Email Marketing Campaign Appendix J Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful Email Marketing Campaign v Build your list internally even if it takes time so the quality of your recipient list remains at a high level v Keep an accurate audit of how your company received permission to contact the subscribers of the lists some people forget they signed up to receive information Y Make membership to your list valuable by offering deals that non members do not receive v Make sure that your company s name or product name is clearly stated in the domain name which appears in the Sender line of the email Y Use clearly stated words that describe what you want customers to respond to in both the Subject line and the body of your message Y Provide recipients with a clear way to conta
83. not want the email messages for this particular job to contain a DomainKey signature then select the No don t sign messages option Note LISTSERV Maestro interacts with LISTSERV to determine if the supplied sender address is supported by one of the DomainKeys that were deployed to the LISTSERV host when DomainKeys were configured by the administrator This check is performed at several stages during the life cycle of an email job one of which is while defining a sender The sender definition settings of an email job are only accepted as valid if either DomainKeys signatures are switched off by selecting the No don t sign messages option or clicking on the Click to disable link or if the check succeeds at the LISTSERV host that is configured for the account If the email address is not accepted as valid then an error message appears If this happens contact your administrator for assistance LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 72 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options 7 1 4 Advanced Sender Information Settings Advanced Sender Information Settings are disabled by default Click the corresponding link to enable the advanced settings Once enabled the advanced settings can be disabled by clicking the disable link Advanced Sender Information Settings allows user defined mail headers to be added to the end of the header part of the mail These headers follow the X Header convention as described in RFC822 The X Headers will appear
84. of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set intersects with the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES amp Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with any of the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Note Even though mathematically the empty set is always a subset of every other conceivable set with regards to the subset operator in LISTSERV Maestro this is not so In LISTSERV Maestro if a subscriber has not selected any choices first set is the empty set then the subset operator will always yield false Combining System Drop Ins with Conditional Blocks The special set operator system drop in described here is especially useful when used in combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks When observing the raw drop in one text that will be used for replacement for subscribers who fulfill the condition and one text that will be used for replacement for all other subscribers who do not fulfill the condition are always required However there are also possible scenarios such as If subscribers have Diving among their hobbies include an advertisement for the newest scuba gear If not do not include any additional content Other times a scenario could call for the text for one or both conditions
85. of recipient definition that was copied 4 5 Upload a Recipients Text File Recipients can be added to LISTSERV Maestro by uploading a text file Text files can be formatted as plain text with the extension TXT or as a comma separated values file with the extension CSV For information on how to format text files see Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files 4 5 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Upload a Recipients Text File option located in the Define recipients section The text file may contain columns of data with or without a header row The system administrator may limit the availability of this option or the size of the uploaded file Figure 24 Options for Uploaded Text File Define Recipients Options Source SA Cancel c Back Next gt a gt Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Define recipients Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 26 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 5 2 Source The Source screen that opens contains two options Define reci
86. only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab on the Define Reports screen and then the changed report must be saved See Editing a Report for more information For an Events Distribution report the following options can be selected e Result Calculation Defines how the results on the chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events counted per time interval For example if 123 events were counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval would be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not bounced at the time the report is executed For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 messages bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 6096 because 150 is 6096 of 300 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 110 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports e Interval Size Ev
87. operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalize content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a message to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list hobbies a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists without surfing as a selection will not receive the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 135 Section 11 User Settings The name of this version of drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi not FIELD_NAME OP COMPARE_SET TRUE_TEXT FALSE_TEXT The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note The brackets around the word not
88. parameters as well as URLs with constant or individual parameters Since URLs with individual parameters need to have a different value for the parameter for each recipient writing the text of the message could pose a significant challenge LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 55 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job This challenge is overcome by using field merging where it is possible to create unique URL parameters based on the fields of a database For example assume there is a merge field named ID for each recipient that contains the visitor ID of that recipient The sample URL would be written as http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home Let us dissect the different parts of this example The URL begins as usual with the protocol header the host name and the URL path http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The question mark follows next signaling the end of the path part and the beginning of the parameter part http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The first parameter is the parameter visitorID with the value amp ID http host domain path visitorID amp ID page home Between the first and the second parameter is the ampersand as a separator http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The second parameter is the parameter page wi
89. possible to discern whether many recipients generated relatively few events each or whether most events were generated by only a few recipients generating the same events over and over while many other recipients only generated a few events or none at all 10 4 1 View The View Report screen of a Sum of Events report displays the collected data in a bar graph format The View Report screen of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change View Settings for Report screen Depending on what options are set the number of recipients can reflect the total number of all recipients or a percentage of the number of recipients who triggered an event LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 112 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 98 Sum of Events Report Variations Sum of Unique Events Sum of All Events Sum of Events Count Unique Events Report Sum of Events 25 60 9 12 13 14 e 10 x 6 20 23 28 28 6 7 14 n 28 J is 30 45 60 __ Number of Unique Events Number of All Events Event Data Sources Summary Event Data Sources Summary For each data source ber only unique events ere counted For each data source bar all events are counted Bl oper up Events Sum 26 Bl open Up Events Sum 60 Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 9 Maa a Click The ih Events for link a lt e e MN wows z ves Mee pare idi
90. reports have been generated To view a specific report click on that report s title LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 97 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 81 Tracking Reports Tracking Reports The list below shows all reports defined for your account Click on a report title to execute and view that report Click on Edit if available to edit delete the report Use the New Report button to create a new report Report Title Date Time saved Sample Plain Text Job Click Through Response Edit Aug 7 2002 07 56 23 AM Sample HTML Job Recipient Response Edit Aug 7 2002 07 59 12 AM Sample Report for Access to L Soft Homepage Edit Jan 3 2002 10 07 47 AM New Report To edit an existing report click the Edit link that corresponds with that report The Define Report screen opens To create a new report click the New Report button The Define Report screen opens At the top of the Define Report screen there are four buttons and a text box to enter the report s title e Copy Settings Copies settings from a previously generated report to the new report e Save amp Execute Saves the report and executes the collection of the selected data A graph or table is produced based on the settings e OK Saves any selections or entered information such as a title e Cancel Cancels any settings or entered information Figure 82 The Top Part of the Define Report Sc
91. s Manual 182 Appendix G Calculation Formulas IndexOf IndexOf text searchtext startindex Function Searches for an appearance of the text searchtext in the given text Returns the zero based index of the first appearance of searchtext or 1 if none was found Optionally a zero based start index can be specified with the effect that the search in text will not start at the beginning of text but at the character position specified by startindex Return Type Number Arguments text Text type The text string to search in searchtext Text type The string to search for The third argument is optional startindex Number type The character position at which the search shall be started If not given the search will always start at the first character index 0 Examples IndexOf a longer text lo IndexOf abc def abc def abc 4 Length Length text Function Returns the length of the given text string the number of characters in the text Return Type Number Arguments text Text type The text whose length shall be determined Examples Length some text Length amp FULL NAME LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 183 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Max Max argl arg2 arg3 argN
92. selected report settings and the active email job Figure 77 Delivered Jobs Quick Reports Delivered Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Team Collaboration Delete Job Summary Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Report Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C Event details C Recipient details Show Report Over C Open Up events C Click Through events all links bundled C Click Through events all links separate C Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled ici Open Up events and Click Through events all links separate Additional Statistics M Number of Sent Messages TF Number of Unbounced Messages FT Number of Bounced Messages Creating a quick report is a multi step process 1 First select the type of report to create LISTSERV Maestro can produce four basic types of reports depending on the type of recipients and recipient data used in the job Event distribution over time This report type produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and event statistics are charted on the y axis For more information on event distribution reports see Section 10 3 Event Distribution Report Sum of events This report type produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the email message T
93. server company com 8787 Hartford GT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna Vonschedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 4 6 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column In the case of a mail merge job use the drop down menu to select the Name Column as well see Figure 35 Selecting the Name Column is optional but it makes a more personalized message possible If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients see Figure 36 Optionally type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Addre
94. setting the NOMAIL option eee using conditional blocks using drop in content using merge fields as using URL parameters 0 0 0 eee eseeeeeeeeeseeseteeseeeees Microsoft Excel Add In downloading e AN 122 installing removing USING a A e pe beac Mozilla using with a Linux client eese 199 N Netscape using with a Linux client eese 199 O Outbox introduction retry sending am revoking send authorization eese 87 OD sending iie eoo eerie es RERO 87 working with delivery failures of auto repeat jobs 88 P Password changing o ee ee ene Ree deerit 137 Preferences defining the default content type sss defining the default dataset team collaboration defining the default date format defining the default delivery type for new jobs defining the default displayed tabs defining the default for delivery test messages defining the default job prefix sssss defining the default number format defining the default recipient type defining the default reporting options defining the default time format LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 204 User s Manual Index defining
95. sss 47 creating messages using HTML ss 47 defining a new job sene 6 defining recipients ERI defining the message we 45 defining the sender sse 71 deleting duplicate recipients s 34 41 DomainKeys signing eene 72 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 203 User s Manual editing the message esee 45 handling bounced messages introduction sess He saving sender as a profile seeeeee 73 scheduling auto repeat jobs esee 81 scheduling delivery eee 78 setting the DIGEST option setting the INDEX option eeeeeeen 18 setting the language character set sess 51 setting the MAIL option eene setting the NOMAIL option eee setting up team collaboration testing delivery esie tice terere eene eere O ERES using conditional blocks eee 54 using drop in content cocooconcconcnccononnnncanonncnonccnnnnnoncncnno 46 using merge fields du22 using URL parameters in a message 55 viewing auto repeat jobs in the delivered jobs list 90 viewing bounce details of delivered jobs 91 viewing summary of delivered jobs viewing the delivered jobs list
96. that email and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively with each other on the Internet Understanding these rules is often helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems RFCs and RFC Web Sites http www ietf org iesq 1rfc_index txt 3000 Internet Official Protocol Standards http ietf org rfc rfc3000 txt Internet Drafts http ietf org ID html 821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol http ietf org rfc rfc0821 txt 2821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol http ietf org rfc rfc2821 txt 822 Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages http ietf org rfc rfc0822 txt 2822 Internet Message Format http ietf org rfc rfc2822 txt 1123 Requirements for Internet Hosts Application and Support http ietf org rfc rfc1123 txt 2045 MIME Part 1 Format of the Internet Message Bodies http ietf org rfc rfc2045 txt 2046 MIME Part 2 Media Types http ietf org rfc rfc2046 txt 2047 MIME Part 3 Message Header Extensions for Non ASCII http ietf org rfc rfc2047 txt 2049 MIME Part 5 Conformance Criteria and Examples http ietf org rfc rfc2049 txt 1894 An Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status http ietf org rfc rfc1894 txt Notifications DSNs 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes http ietf org rfc rfc1893 txt 1855 Netiquette Guidelines http ietf org rfc rfc1855 txt 2505 Anti Spam Recommendations for SMTP MTAs http ietf org rfc rfc2505 txt 2635 DON T SPEW A Set of Guidelines for Mass Unsolicite
97. that selected any of the checked list topics e All subscribers ignore topics The message will be sent to all list subscribers regardless of their topic selections This is the same as selecting all topics and Other e Send to subscribers with no topics or with OTHER topic The message will be sent to all list subscribers that have selected the OTHER topic Figure 14 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics Define Recipients lt Back Next Options Source Source Details Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that shall receive the mail The selected LISTSERY list contains list topics Specify how the topics that the subscribers have chosen shall be used to determine the subset of the list subscribers that shall receive the mail Send only to subscribers with the following topics none gt Click the Select Topics link to see the available topics C All subscribers ignore topics C Send to subscribers with no topics or with the OTHER topic Click the Select Topic link to view the available topics for the list Use the check boxes to select which topics to include as message recipients Click the Select All link to select all topics Next decide whether to hide or expose the selected topics in the subject line of the message by selecting the corresponding option button If the list subscribers are aware of the topics and are acc
98. that the file is encoded with Character Encoding West European ISO 1 y Let the system try again Header Row Yes the first row in the file contains the headers C No the file does not have a header row Preview Name Email Product Model_num City State Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com coffee master 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com espresso press 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com mrtea 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com coffee master 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com espresso press 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com mrtea 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com mr tea 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com coffee master 9595 Buffalo NY Ron Remmington Ron server company com coffee master 9595 New Haven CT Refresh Preview LISTSERV Maestro has four selections for choosing separator characters e Tab t e Comma e Semicolon e Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box Columns can be defined as not enclosed by a quote character or select the quote character from three choices e Double Quotes e Apostrophe e Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 30 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job In addition to interpretin
99. the Edit Report icon again This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 5 Recipients Details Reports The Recipient Details option is only used for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the profile field columns recipient definition Use the table to select which data sources and which columns will be downloaded Data can be downloaded and then imported into a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs Note The downloaded file is in form of a ZIP archive file The report data in this file appears as comma separated data CSV LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 115 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports The upper frame displays a Select link for each job group in each data source Click on the link to make a certain job group the currently selected one Note A job group puts together all jobs in a data source where the recipients have the same profile structure i e the same number of profile columns with the same column labels Column order is ignored This means that if you have several jobs in a data source and all of the jobs have recipients with the same profile structure then all of these jobs will be grouped together into one job group If in the sa
100. the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into Excel Follow the steps described below to install the add in into Microsoft Excel 2000 or later 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 From the Tools menu select Add Ins It may be necessary to click on the small arrow symbol at the bottom of the menu to make the command visible The Add Ins screen opens listing all available add ins Click the Browse button LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 122 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 106 Installing Tracker Add In Ed Microso ft Excel Eile Ea view Insert ams Data Window Help zii Add Ins available Access Links Analysis ToolPak IT Analysis ToolPak VBA Autosave Add in Conditional Sum Wizard Euro Currency Tools Internet Assistant VBA ODBC Add in date Add in Links Updates links to XL4 add in Functions integrated in XL 3 A file selection screen opens Navigate to the folder where the downloaded file was saved and then click OK 4 The Add Ins screen reopens There will now be an entry for the LISTSERV Maestro add in Importtrackerstatistics which should already have a check mark in front of it if not check the box Click OK to install the add in History Za My Documents a Desktop Favorites File name Figure 107 Browse for Add In File Add Ins available Access Links Analysis ToolPak Analysis ToolPak VBA Autosave Add in T Conditi
101. time delay will be listed as well as other notes on the screen Normal jobs will have a shorter message summarizing the delivery schedule The Details link in the Content section will display a copy of the message alternative text attachments and tracking information The message can be downloaded to a local file as well The Details link in the Recipients section displays information regarding the recipients for the email job The Sender section lists all the selection you made while defining the sender s information If DomainKey signing is enabled then LISTSERV Maestro interacts with LISTSERV to determine if the supplied sender address is supported by one of the DomainKeys that were deployed to the LISTSERV host when DomainKeys was configured If the email job is configured for future delivery then there is a considerable time window during which the administrator may opt to change the DomainKeys settings at the LISTSERV host Therefore if DomainKeys have been disabled during this time window then the email job delivery will fail with an appropriate error message Clicking Authorize Delivery Now will do exactly that and the job will be sent immediately or at the scheduled day and time Clicking Cancel will go back to the Job Details screen so that any part of the job may be edited or the job can be deleted LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 84 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options If a job is authorized for delivery
102. to be very long or involved This is usually not possible using a system drop in since everything must be written on a single line For these types of scenarios combining a system drop in with conditional blocks can be the right solution The advantage of using this method is that system drop ins will be replaced before the content is evaluated for conditional blocks meaning that the result of a system drop in replacement can be used in a LISTSERV condition LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 173 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins To utilize the order of replacement for system drop ins and conditional blocks to the best advantage specify two very simple values to be returned in the true and false cases of the system drop in For example use the words true and false or even the digits 1 and O for the replacement text Next use a LISTSERV condition to check for either of these values and conditionally include the desired content or not For more information about conditional blocks see Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Some scenarios that can be used as examples that demonstrate system drop ins combined with conditional blocks are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscribers have Diving among their hobbies listed in the multiple select field HOBBIES include an advertisement for the newest scuba ge
103. to that address and examine the bounced message Remember to also test both the From address and the Reply To address if the latter is specified To test the From address and the Reply To addresses try replying to both from the test message and examine the results 7 3 Running Test Reports Once a test message containing tracked data has been delivered and the test recipients have opened the message and clicked on tracked links then the Test Reports tab available from the Job Details screen becomes active Click on the tab to open up a definition page to generate a quick report on the test message data Quick Reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the selected report settings and the active email job Figure 66 Test Reports Change Job Info Delete Job Workflow Summary Test Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Report Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C Event details Show Report Over Open Up events Click Through events all links bundled Click Through events all links separate Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled e e 9 Open Up events and Click Through events all links separate Additional Statistics FT Number of Sent Messages l Number of Unbounced Messages FT Number of Bounced Messages LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 76 Section 7 S
104. type Appears as a single input field Uses maestro recipients less table in Oracle customer database menu to select a category Select by CITY Description Select recipients by city Appears as a drop down menu Uses maestro recipients less table in Oracle customer database Back to Previously Selected Target Group Define Recipients Options Source Cancel Source Target Group Description Parameters Use this link to change the selected target group lect Differ Information about the currently selected recipients target group ent Target Group Back Next Pet Type Selects recipients pet type Appears as a single input field Uses maestro recpients ess table in Oracle customer database Type in the kind of pet you own 4 1 3 Source Details The Source Details screen is only displayed for target groups that have parameters defined This screen allows the account holder to choose the specific recipients from the target group based on the parameters set up by the data administrator Each parameter is designed by the data administrator to appear as a drop down menu a check box or a text input box The Source Details screen requires that those parameters be filled in by selecting what data will be extracted from the data source LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 13 User s Manual Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job
105. will not have permission to change their passwords 11 4 Setting User Preferences To open the User Preferences screen click on the Preferences link on the User Setting screen From here you can set individual application preferences specifically for your account Preferences fall into three categories interface preferences job part preferences and report definition preferences Preferences serve as default settings for new jobs so that individual users can customize their work environment and save time Preference settings can always be changed for individual jobs at the job level Figure 121 User Preferences User Preferences Individual application preferences Click the user interface component you want to set individual preferences for General Preferences Display Preferences Click the job component you want to set individual preferences for Job Definition Recipients Definition Content Definition Tracking Definition Delivery Test Definition Schedule Definition Select the report component you want to set individual preferences for Report Definition Select the hosted data settings part you want to set individual preferences for Dataset Team Collaboration Note the Dataset Team Collaboration option is only available if you are a data administrator meaning you have the ability to create and work with datasets LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 138 Section 11 User Settings e Gene
106. would be the same as if you selected all columns in alphabetical order except for the COUNT column downloaded that report and then uploaded it as the recipients list of a newly created job The link will take you to the Start New Job screen where you will need to type in a title for the new job After that a new job with recipients already defined will be created When downloaded the text file in the ZIP archive file will contain a table with the columns that you have selected in the order you selected them The rows in this table are generated in the following way For each recipient that generated at least one of the events that are counted by the selected data source one entry is made Each entry consists of the profile values of this recipient which are placed into their matching columns However only those profile values that match any of the columns you have selected will be used All columns not selected will be ignored Because of this several recipients may now have the same condensed profile This would happen if the only differences in the profile of the recipients were in columns that are not used because they were not selected For example if you use the EMAIL GENDER and CITY columns then each recipient will most likely have a different profile This is because the combination of EMAIL GENDER and CITY will probably be unique for each recipient However if you only select the GENDER and CITY columns to form a cond
107. xla file on your local drive and delete them Then follow all the steps above LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 126 Section 11 User Settings Section 11 User Settings The User Settings screen allows individual users to save and change their account specific settings in four areas Sender Profiles This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to define sender profiles Sender profiles are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new sender profiles in order to use existing profiles Drop In Content Elements This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to create new drop in content elements Drop ins are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new drop ins in order to use any existing drop ins Change Password This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to change his or her password Preferences The user can define specific preferences for the way LISTSERV Maestro s user interface appears on the screen as well as setting defaults for the way content is input for new jobs and reports To access your account settings click on the User Settings icon Then click on any of the available links to continue with adding or editing your settings Figure 112 User Settings User Settings A
108. 0 D Defining Recipients eneee nin i E EE based on reaction to a previous job by using recipients from another job deleting duplicates eee letting LISTSERV select from a database selecting from a database esses sending to a recipient target group esss sending to an existing LISTSERV list uploading a text file eese Delivered Jobs generating reports eee eeeeseeseeeeeeeeeteeeseeseeseeeeees 93 viewing auto repeat jobs sess 90 viewing bounced details 91 viewing list of 90 viewing summary of 91 Delivery authiorizIng A TO 83 auto repeat job delivery failures in the Outbox 88 defining the sender of an email job 71 DomainKeys signing 2 scheduling ooooccconconococonoconcnn cocoa nonononncononncnnono eaae 78 SO in EIGnRU RO ir d 74 DomainKeys Signatures setting for a message sss 72 Drop In Content CTeatiTig site n oa MANAGING AR system drop ins A eet eet metre rette using in an email message ooooncnconococcnononcnnnanonanacanonanos 46 E Email Jobs adding attachments to a message sess 50 authorizing delivery eene 83 auto repeat job delivery failures in the Outbox 88 creating a new job creating messages from text
109. 0 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM 10 4 2 Downloading Sum of Event Report Data It is possible to download the data from a sum of events report by clicking the Download Report icon Data downloaded will be in the form of a zipped text file Select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data Tip Click the download link to download an Excel Add In to import the data into Excel See Section 10 7 Using the Excel Add In for more information LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 113 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 100 Download Sum of Events Data Report Sum of Events Count Unique Events Download Report Result Report of type Sum Over Number of Events during the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file select the time zone to be used to format the result and click the download button below Use my local time zone z Download You can also download an Excel 2000 Add In to import the downloaded text file into Excel Executed Sep 30 2002 04 26 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM 10 4 3 Change Result Settings The Change View Settings for Report screen allows the user to change specific options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View Report screen and change the data that
110. 10 10 3 3 Change Result Settings ode tei et i prede redit deest e dese cave tee codage dcus 110 10 3 4 Editing a Report reni tte eerte ee ee decet e reae Rer e e epe d pepe ete 111 10 3 5 Creating a Report from a Template ooooocccconocccinococononononcnanoncno nono nnnn no nn nc canon nennen enne ener enne nennen 112 10 4 Sum of Events Report ne ined ee oie de eec E EORR EE eee 112 TU idee Hg ede ee Ee eee e UE ERR He HE ee IR Le e dL ee de E e Le e s 112 10 4 2 Downloading Sum of Event Report Data sse enne nennen enne nennen enne 113 10 4 3 Change Result Settings 1 niece iere edere eene Hec reae diee etes leen eee Te aeter Eee ro Ede duce 114 10 4 4 Editing a Report eee ii 115 10 4 5 Creating a Report from a Template sssssssseeeeeeeenen eene nenne enn en nnn nennen 115 10 5 Recipients Details RE OT S a r raa r eae a a e ra e rete rra nene tenens cn nn nist terns sisse 115 10 5 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report Data sssssseeeeee nennen 118 10 5 2 Editing a Report nre a 119 10 5 3 Creating a Report from a Template sssssssssseee eene nn nr nan nn nn nn enn en nennen nennen 119 10 6 EventDetails Report s eR m n edet et enemies 120 10 6 1 Downloading Events Details Report Data ssssseene nene 120 10 6 2 Editing a Report inne et eite etitm t eee 121 10 6 3 Creating a Report from a Template
111. 17 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports New York male john somewhere com 1 New York male robert somewhere com 1 Washington female debby somewhere com 1 Washington male frank somewhere com 1 This table means that each of these recipients has generated one event of the type being counted by the data source You can also see the sort order after first second and third column Now if you would leave out the EMAIL column the result would be CITY GENDER COUNT New York female 1 New York male 2 Washington female 1 Washington male 1 As you can see John and Robert from New York which differed only in their email addresses are now aggregated into the male from New York profile and there are now two events shown as coming from recipients that match this profile one from John and one from Robert If you would also leave out the GENDER column the result would be CITY COUNT New York 3 Washington 2 10 5 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report Data The Download Report Result screen lets you select the columns you want to include in the download of the Recipient Details report and the order in which they occur The left box shows all available columns that are currently not selected It will be empty if all are selected The right box shows the currently selected column s It will be empty if none are selected To select a column e Click on the desired column in the left box to highlight it e Click the arrow button
112. 6 to 65535 although not even the large range of Unicode is enough to accommodate all letters from all languages LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets What happens when international characters are used in email messages written and delivered in LISTSERV Maestro Internally LISTSERV Maestro uses pure Unicode allowing for the mixture of any characters in email including the subject line and any data merged from uploaded files or selected from a database as long as there is a way of inputting them For some languages this simply requires the installation of a special keyboard and display driver for that language LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 150 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets For sending LISTSERV Maestro needs to decide on a charset that it can use to encode the message Specify the charset to use while defining the content there is a special item for this on the content definition page or tell LISTSERV Maestro that it should attempt to automatically determine which charset is the optimal one for the text contained in the message In the latter case LISTSERV Maestro scans the written text to determine the optimal charset If the message contains characters that are displayed with the ASCII charset then LISTSERV Maestro will choose the ASCII charset If the message contains characters outside of the ASCII range but can still be displayed with one of the supported ISO 8859 charsets
113. A name of a predefined locale See section O for a list of available locale names If specified any locale specific text in the formatted date time representation will be given according to this locale Or you supply both the following two arguments langcode Text type A lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale See for example http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for a list of the ISO 639 language codes countrycode Text type An uppercase two letter ISO 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale See for example http userpage chemie fu berlin de diverse doc ISO 3166 html for a list of the ISO 3316 country codes If langcode and countrycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in the formatted date time representation will be given according to this locale Examples ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy formats the current date using the default U S locale ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy Germany formats the current date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy de AT formats the current date using a custom locale for language de German and country AT Austria LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 188 Appendix G Calculation Formulas ToLower
114. D tells LISTSERV to retrieve the value of the amp 1D merge field apply the amp URLENCODE function to it and then merge in the result in place of the whole amp URLENCODE amp ID string es Maestro to transfer the tracking information to the Maestro Tracker component seen in the example above Therefore ref cannot be used in any parameters if there are also merge fields in the same URL Ifa URL appeared as 2 Important The parameter name ref is a reserved name that is used by LISTSERV http host domain path ref amp ID The tracking URL generated from it for the user with ID usr15 would look something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp ref usr15 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 57 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job This URL contains two parameters with the name ref One comes from the original URL while LISTSERV Maestro added the other These two parameters with the same name would confuse the Maestro Tracker component Therefore a parameter called re must never be used if there are merge fields used in the URL If merge fields are not being used in the parameter list of the URL then LISTSERV Maestro replaces the whole URL with the tracking URL including the parameters For example the following URL with three constant parameters no merge fields used http
115. Data Encoding West European ISO 1 Shared Fields EMAIL FNAME LNSME Text Text Text Fields formatted in bold are mandatory fields which the member must fill out For more information on modifying existing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the Data Administrator s Manual LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 142 Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse e Browse Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to browse and view the list of current members of the dataset or the list of current subscribers of the hosted lists within the dataset Figure 130 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Browse Subscribers Permission Recipient Dataset Details OnE Dataset Info Browse Confirmed Members Name Widget Company Download all Members Description Widget Company Dataset Subscriber Access URLs Members 0 Open to everyone Access Pages Language English Default Data Encoding West European ISO 1 Shared Fields EMAIL FNSME Text Text LNAME Text Fields formatted in bold are mandatory fields which the member must fill out For more information on browsing and viewing existing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the D
116. IP Port SQL Statement Add a SELECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement Ei The recipients will be retrieved Now Just before sending Enter the SQL statement query in the SQL Statement text box Depending on the database variations in SQL syntax may need to be considered especially if the query returns with an error Below the SQL Statement text box are options that determine when to execute the query against the database Retrieving recipients Now means building a complete recipient list by querying the database while still in the Define Recipients wizard The recipients will be gathered from the database and saved when the wizard is completed by clicking the Summary link Any changes in the database between the time the wizard is completed and the time the mail is sent will not be reflected Retrieving recipients Just before sending means that the database will be queried for the complete recipient list just before the mail is sent for delivery Any changes in the database that occur between the time the Define Recipients wizard was completed and the time the mail is scheduled for delivery will be reflected Click Next gt to continue 4 6 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients retrieved directly from a database by LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 37 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 6 4
117. L Soft Sweden AB User s Manual LISTSERV Maestro version 2 1 LISTSERV MAESTRO Last Updated 5 4 2006 8 56 AM This page intentionally left blank Information in this document is subject to change without notice Companies names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted L Soft international Inc does not endorse or approve the use of any of the product names or trademarks appearing in this document Permission is granted to copy this document at no charge and in its entirety if the copies are not used for commercial advantage that the source is cited and that the present copyright notice is included in all copies Recipients of such copies are equally bound to abide by the present conditions Prior written permission is required for any commercial use of this document in whole or in part and for any partial reproduction of the contents of this document exceeding 50 lines of up to 80 characters or equivalent The title page table of contents and index if any are not considered to be part of the document for the purposes of this copyright notice and can be freely removed if present Copyright 2006 L Soft Sweden AB All Rights Reserved Worldwide L SOFT LISTSERV ListPlex LMail and LSMTP are registered trademarks of L Soft international Inc CataList and EASE are service marks of L Soft international Inc The Open Group Motif OSF 1 UNIX and the X device are regi
118. L messages Open Up and Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each of the open up and click through events This type of data source is only available for HTML messages 3 Other data sources can be added to the chart by selecting any or all of the options in the Additional Statistics section These additional data sources can provide comparison data in the chart so that it is possible to see the total number of messages sent in relation to the number of open up events that occurred for example Three Additional Statistics options are available Number of Sent Messages Adds the number of messages that were sent to LISTSERV as a constant reference value in the report Number of Unbounced Messages Adds the number of unbounced messages as a constant reference in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent and not detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go down over time as LISTSERV receives more bounces This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 94 Section 9 Delivered Jobs Number of Bounced Messages Adds the number of bounced messages as a constant value in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent but were detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go up over time as LISTSERV receives more bounces Bounces usuall
119. LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Table of Contents AD AN OPTIONS ssc 15 4 2 2 SOUICEs tac Gah A ee fe todo ae eo e e ce Eu tend 15 4 2 3 SOUrCE Detall p C 16 4 2 4 Recipient Detall Sii 19 42 5 SUMUMALY a ra dalt 19 4 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job ssssssseeee eene enn 20 LENS I E 20 4 3 2 SOUL CB oin eH ete ieee ep e Ea EE ed aie ee Ret Pe dae ts 21 4 3 3 Source Detalla data 21 4 3 4 Recipient Details sates eint de a tre ede ath ean eee 22 4 3 5 SUMMA EP 24 4 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job cessisse a 25 4 4 A OpUONs EM 25 Lm Mam snd ates 25 4 4 3 Source DetallS i ition eth thee dt te e ee ehe eee 26 4 4 4 Recipients Details ocio 26 4 4 5 SUMMA ERE x 26 4 5 Upload a Recipients Text File ses 2 icone cecinere erre tede dias 26 ADAL PIO oni eR med meet iei ente 26 AD 2 SOULE 7 2 o ner deat c aed aS 27 4 5 3 Source Det lls 2 3 nnne exanime 28 ADA Recipients Details EA TE N A E 31 ADO SUMMAN it ett itp de asa 33 4 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database ooocononccinncocccononcnccnnonnnononononn non cnc naar emen rre rn 35 4 6 T Opllons A aaa e eame etus 35 4 0 2 90UIC6 cob ede ERR ru ded e dete deme 36 416 3 SourceDet lls aoea t tet ee edo et do dietis 37 4 6 4 Recipients Details ene etuer i Dem tet
120. Lane Brooklyn New York 11204 T 1961 Lisa maestro demoa soft com Lisa Lopez 6 Gentle Cir Suite 550 Miami Florida 33010 T 1959 Mirjam maestro dema lsoft com Mirjam McIntosh 5603 Albia Rd Fairfax Virginia 20851 F 1958 Cancel From the Define Recipients Summary screen click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details screen the Summary diagram or the Workflow diagram The recipient definition can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow diagram 4 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database Choosing the Select Recipients from a Database option allows LISTSERV Maestro to make a direct query to a database using SQL Structured Query Language The system communicates with a database over a network using database drivers and plugins The database must be accessible to LISTSERV Maestro over the network and some configuration is required by the system administrator for the connection to succeed 4 6 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Select Recipients from a Database option located in the Define Recipients section Click Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 35 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 32 Select Recipients from a Database Option Define Recipients Options Source j ce De eci
121. Literal Expressions Restriction None Constant text literal expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant text literal expressions are as the name implies always of the type text Usage To include a text literal in a formula type the characters desired and then denote the beginning and the end of the text literal by enclosing the whole string in quotation marks lt gt There must not be any linebreaks in the text string Since the text literal must be quoted it must also follow the rules for quote escaping See Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins for details Examples example this is a text string This string contains quotes which are therefor scaped this string has three spaces at the beginning and end Standard Merge Field Expressions Restriction Standard merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in a Calc system drop in of a job with the recipients type e Uploaded CSV text file or e LISTSERV Maestro selects from a Database or e Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipient type then the formula must not contain any merge field expressions if it does an error message will appear during test delivery Type Standard merge field expressions can either be the number or text type depending on their context or content see the explan
122. OINTS that contains the current total points for each subscriber By using a calculation formula in conjunction with data in the CURRENT_POINTS column content such as You currently have X many points This means that you only need Y points more to get a free watch or only Z points more to get a free digital camera can be created The supermarket decides that customers must earn 300 points for a free watch and 500 points for a free digital camera From this information and depending on the value of CURRENT_POINTS there are four groups of customers e Those not eligible for either a watch or a camera 0 299 e Those eligible only for a camera 300 499 e Those eligible for a watch or a camera 500 799 e Those eligible for both 800 In combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks the following personalized content can be created to address each of the four groups and add the point balances for each individual BB amp CURRENT POINTS gt 800 Content for recipients eligible for both a watch and digital camera comgracularcions Yom havs already COlleccec amp CUEUENT PONTS PONTS This means you are eligible to receive both a free watch and digital camera Pick up your gifts at your nearest SuperMarket and don t corcel CO bring sowie loss Care wirta woul Arter collecrias your Calitics you 1I still havef Cale CURRENT POINTS 8007 points
123. Omaestro demo lsoft com 5454 none OK Cancel Tip Removing duplicates from recipient data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple fip messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to have more than one email address for example a work email address and a personal email address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates it is possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different email addresses Similarly several recipients may use the same email address for example family members sharing an ISP may also share an email address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the email account LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 41 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job From the Define Recipients Summary screen click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details screen the Summary diagram or the Workflow diagram The recipients can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow diagram 4 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database The Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database option relies on a pre existing configuration of LISTSERV connected to a database or databases wherein LISTSERV acts as the communicator
124. Recipients Details On the Recipients Details screen the SQL statement is automatically executed to test its validity An Operation in Process screen will appear until the operation is completed Once completed a preview of 10 recipients will be displayed An error message will appear if there are any problems with the SQL statement or connection to the database If recipients will be retrieved now the SQL statement will be re sent to the database when entering the Summary screen in order to build the full recipient list If recipients will be retrieved just before sending the SQL statement will be re sent to the database right before the scheduled sending time The next steps are to define the column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 4 6 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected columns from the database can be used in the email message to create personalized messages These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on usin
125. Remove Subscribers Permission Recipient Dataset Details 927 Widget Company Dataset Info Browse Edit Confirmed Members Name Widget Company Add Single Member Description Widget Company Dataset Modify Members by Upload Members 0 Download all Members Open to everyone Access Pages Language English Default Data Encoding West European ISO 1 Subscriber Access URLs Delete all Members Shared Fields EMAIL FNAME NANE Text Text Text Fields formatted in bold are mandatory fields which the member must fill out For more information on adding or removing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the Data Administrators Manual Modify Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to modify any existing member of the dataset or any existing subscriber of the hosted lists within the dataset If this permission is granted then the Browse Subscribers permission is also granted Figure 129 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Modify Subscribers Permission Recipient Dataset Details Widget Company o Dataset Info Browse Edit Confirmed Members Name Widget Company Download all Members Description Widget Company Dataset Subscriber Access URLs Members 0 Open to everyone Access Pages Language English Default
126. SCII character making ISO 8859 a superset of ASCII The differences of each ISO charset are in the upper 128 characters the bytes 128 255 For example ISO 8859 1 mapping an alphabet suitable for West European languages has the umlauts A O and U at the positions 196 214 and 220 In comparison ISO 8859 7 mapping the Greek alphabet has the Greek letters A b and at the same positions In addition to the ISO 8859 charsets there are of course a multitude of other charsets including the Unicode charset which aims to include all characters from all languages and for example charsets for the east Asian languages such as Chinese Japanese and Korean The following charsets are currently supported by LISTSERV Maestro e IS0 8859 1 Latin 1 West European e IS0 8859 2 Latin 2 East European e I1950 8859 3 Latin 3 South European e 190 8859 4 Latin 4 North European e I950 8859 5 Cyrillic e IS0 8859 6 Arabic LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 149 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets e ISO 8859 7 Greek e 1IS0 8859 8 Hebrew e I950 8859 9 Latin 5 Turkish e 190 8859 15 Latin 9 West European update of Latin 1 with some French and Finnish letters that were omitted in Latin 1 plus the Euro currency symbol instead of the international currency symbol IG5 Traditional Chinese e UJ e GB 2312 Simplified Chinese e I90 2022 JP Japanese e EUC JP Japanes
127. STSERV Maestro defaults to the ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 character set for encoding email messages unless a different default setting has been preset by the system administrator LISTSERV Maestro supports other charsets and if users are given the right to use other character sets an active link will appear at the end of the Language Mail will be sent with language charset for sentence at the bottom of the Define Message screen The link will be different depending on whether a different selection has previously been made The default link is West European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 To choose a different charset click the active link The Language Charset Settings screen will open Select a charset from the drop down menu and click OK Figure 48 Language Charset Settings Language Charset Settings Please define the language charset that is to be used for the mail during sending If your mail contains characters which are not displayable in the chosen language charset then those characters will be replaced with question marks in the outgoing mail Please be also aware of the potential problems that are associated with using one of the advanced language options see list below Please see the help pages for more information about the possible problems and how to avoid them West European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 y West European Latin 1 charset 150 8859 1 i East European Latin 2 charset ISO 8859 2 South European Latin 3
128. Settings Save amp Execute Ok cancel tle Newsletters Ti General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details 10 2 Executing Reports There are several ways to execute reports LISTSERV Maestro can produce quick reports that are instantly viewable on the screen from the Test Report tab on the Job Details screen see Section 7 3 Running Test Reports for more information and from the Reports tab on the Delivered Jobs Details screen see Section 9 3 Delivered Job Reports for more information LISTSERV Maestro can also produce reports from the Tracking Reports screen as described in Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 107 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Each of the four basic types of reports Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details and Event details has its own unique appearance Each report type also has its own set of options for viewing downloading manipulating and editing These options are represented by four icons located at the bottom right side of each report Clicking on an icons lets you access the options for each report type The icon currently in use will have a highlighted border around it Icons that are not available for a particular report type will appear grayed out and will not be clickable
129. Table 6 Report Icons ili View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options ld Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data in a zipped text file p Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed on the report Create Report Edit Report This icon is called Create Report only if the report is a quick report In that case the Define Report screens with a new report that is pre filled with the settings from the quick report From here it is possible to save the quick report as a normal report by clicking the OK button or by clicking the Save amp Execute button which will display the report again as well as save it as a normal report For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report as a regular report so this icon is disabled grayed out If an existing report from the reports list is executed by clicking its title or by clicking the Save amp Execute button this icon is called Edit Report The Define Report screen opens but a new report is not created Instead the existing report is opened the same way it is opened from the report list when the Edit link next to the report title is clicked a E 10 3 Event Distribution Report An Event Distribution report plots the occurrence of events open
130. V Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Figure 5 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen Job Details Delete Job Workflow Summary Test Reports To change the details of the current job click on the corresponding Edit link Job Edit Job ID NEWS 0510254A Job Title Widget Company September Newsletter Recipients Edit Recipients Information no recipients defined Content Edit Subject no subject defined Mail Type Plain List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking Tracking is OFF Sender Edit Sender Information no sender defined Test Status Test result not tested Delivery Edit Delivery Settings no delivery settings defined Team Collaboration Edit Recipients Definition holly Message Authoring holly Tracking holly Scheduling holly Testing holly Delivery holly Use in Reports holly 3 5 Team Collaboration The Change Job Info button is located at the top of the Job Details screen displaying the Workflow diagram Clicking this button will allow the Job Title and Job ID Prefix to be changed A Team Collaboration button becomes available if there are other account holders in the group This function makes it possible to set up a team of people to collaborate on a job From the Job Details Summary screen Team Collaboration is the bottom section and can be edited if the Edit link is active The
131. a 91 Whats EW 2 irent OH MU xv Browsers SUDDOTIed c iere dee id using Mozilla with a Linux client D using Netscape with a Linux client 199 C Calculation Formulas automatic type conversion eeeeeeeen 181 constant number expressions 176 constant text literal expressions eeeeeees 177 A hee ene tine 190 EXDIESSIOIS dide denote a aaa tea Lotti E 176 function expressions 179 PUNCHONS ct eure be ee RUE 181 how formulas are processed sese 180 introduction ete Re eH Re RAE 176 number operators eese 180 operator paranthesis 0 0 0 0 ees eseeseeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeees 180 operator precedence seen Operators onnisti ieke optional merge field expressions standard merge field expressions test operators ned As time patterns ise dert reete tiene nE dee iE Character Sets bidirecional 4 ee rtt rete tret Ema caia T international use essere international use in the To field merge fields with international character sets setting language for an email job within LISTSERV Maestro eee 149 Index Conditional Blocks combining with System Drop Ins 172 conditional operators cooonocnncniononocnnoconcnncanananacancnnnnnon 162 MESHING ovem tica 162 testing noinen tee e eniti 163 using in an email message eese 54 16
132. a sources can provide comparison data in the chart so that it is possible to see the total number of messages sent in relation to the number of open up events that occurred for example Three Additional Statistics options are available Number of Sent Messages Adds the number of messages that were sent to LISTSERV as a constant reference value in the report LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 17 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options e Number of Unbounced Messages Adds the number of unbounced messages as a constant reference in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent and not detected as bounces by LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition e Number of Bounced Messages Adds the number of bounced messages as a constant value in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent but were detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go up over time as new bounces are received by LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition Make your selections and then click OK to continue A temporary report with the settings selected will be generated and displayed on the screen This report will not be saved it can always be run again from the Test Reports tab Located at the bottom right side of the test report are four icons Each ico
133. account holders that have permission to execute the following workflow steps for this job You also can load permissions from another job E Select Recipients Content Definition Definition Team Member Tracki Delivery Reports ieff matt patrick Cancel Tip Separating responsibilities for different aspects of an email job to team members fip with expertise in those aspects will help to ensure an effective message is sent to the right recipients and useful tracking data is collected For example a company wants to send new product information to clients and find out which clients opened certain links contained in the message A team would be assembled to send out this message The project leader would initiate the job in LISTSERV Maestro and become the job owner The job owner would enlist an HTML expert to create the content of an HTML message a marketing expert to determine the recipients of this message and an analyst to decide the types of information to be tracked for a company report LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 10 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job The next step in creating an email job is to define or select the recipients of the message Generating a recipient definition is a multi step process The steps are contained in the Recipients Definition wizard which guides the account holder throu
134. age Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in In the File Name field enter the path and file name Finally click the File Encoding drop down menu and select the type of file encoding Click the Test File Name link to test the new file name Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 131 Section 11 User Settings URL The content of this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file accessed by an http or ftp URL defined here The URL must be accessible from the server and have an http https or ftp protocol See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 118 Edit Drop In Content Element URL Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type URL v The drop in contains 9 Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in and URL File Encoding West European ISO 1 Test URL Note The given URL must be a valid http https or ftp URL that is accessible from the server running LISTSERY Maestro If a username and password is required include it in the URL ftp myhost domain com becomes ftp username password myhost domain com In the Name field enter a name that will ser
135. ages sent Interval Size Defines the how many events will be grouped in each interval Events per hour C Events per day C Events per week Result Accumulation Defines if values accumulate from one interval to the next C No accumulation Accumulate interval values 10 1 3 2 Result Settings for Sum of Events The Sum of events option produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the email message For each data source all events of the selected type open up and or click through and the selected links in the case of click though are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Options available for this report type include e Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There are three choices Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting bar length will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if 150 events have been counted then the bar length will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messa
136. ail bounced or not Total Number of Unbounced Messages This figure shows the number of sent messages minus the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed Total Number of Bounced Messages This figure shows the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed Once you are finished making your selection click Next gt to continue On the Data Source Job Selection screen select the email job or jobs to report on Only jobs for which the chosen event type is possible will be listed For example if the Open Up Events option was selected on the previous screen then only jobs with open up tracking enabled will be displayed Check the boxes next to the job or jobs to include in the data source Figure 86 Data Source Job Selection Screen Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary Data Source Job Selection Select the jobs to generate reporting data Job Title Date Time of Sending O sam 020103B Sample HTML Mail Job Jan 3 2002 06 01 12 AM SAM 0201034 Sample Plain Text Mail Job Jan 3 2002 05 34 17 AM Select All Unselect All Click on the Select All or Unselect All buttons to quickly select or unselect all jobs Once you are finished making your selection click Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 101 Section 10 Tracking Stati
137. all other lists in the dataset Context sensitive instructions guide you through the Customization wizard describing each template listing the placeholders used in each template and showing you how each template relates to the others The Customization wizard maintains two versions of every template a draft version and a production version You are also able to test the draft version of the template using varying conditions before releasing it into production LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xiii What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 For a summary on customizing the Subscriber Interface see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 For step by step instructions on customizing the Subscriber Interface see the Interface Customization Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 This manual is new in version 2 1 New Subscriber Options There are two new options for subscribers e Hosted LISTSERV List HLL subscribers can now control their nomail and digest settings using the Subscriber Interface e Hosted Recipient List HRL subscribers can now suspend mailings on lists that they subscribe to This is similar to the nomail setting in Hosted LISTSERV Lists For more information on these new options see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 New Resource Translation Tool The Resource Translation Tool RTT is a separate application that makes it easy to make global changes
138. also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set amp Intersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set also appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set Replace COMPARE SET with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in FIELD NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one H Replace TRUE_ TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a false match If the quote character lt gt appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row
139. ance 4 2 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Send to an Existing LISTSERV List option and then click Next gt Figure 12 Options for an Existing LISTSERV List Define Recipients Source d Cancel z Bad Next gt a Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 2 2 Source Select the LISTSERV list for the job from the drop down menu Next select one of the two options for the type of list message to be sent The Send job as standard list message to list LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 15 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job members option limits the tracking options but allows for the use of topics see Section 4 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics The Send job as special list message option is used to send the message as a special list message see Section 4 2 3 2 Special List Messages which allows for mail merging and more tracking options Figure 13 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back
140. ance to encode them And because it is very improbable that the names the byte sequences representing them already contain the special MIME header encoding necessary for non ASCII To header fields then you ll have to make sure that only ASCII characters are allowed in recipient names when creating the list or database data for these recipient types LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets Of the ISO 8859 charset family there are two charsets that contain letters from languages that have a standard reading direction of right to left These are the charsets ISO 8859 6 Arabic and ISO 8859 8 Hebrew both of which are supported by LISTSERV Maestro Actually LISTSERV Maestro will not use the charsets with the names ISO 8859 6 and ISO 8859 8 but will instead use the special bi directional versions ISO 8859 6 i and ISO 8859 8 i These charsets contain the same characters as their non i suffix counterparts but the i suffix tells the receiving mail client that the text should be displayed with right to left reading direction Without the i suffix in the charset name many email clients would probably display the correct characters but in the for that language incorrect left to right reading direction LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 153 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Even with the i suffix the recipient might require a special mail client version or even a special mail client that
141. and Tip recipients lists For example a monthly newsletter would change its message each month but would be sent to the same recipient list Or a new product announcement could contain the same message but be sent to different recipient lists 3 2 Defining a New Job Once a new job has been created the next steps are to define the recipients of the message and create the email message itself unless these components are being based on an existing job Both of these operations must take place before defining any tracking data to be collected for reports Defining the sender and scheduling the delivery can take place at any time The Job LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Details screen displays either a Workflow or Summary diagram These diagrams serve to guide account holders through the proper sequence of events for defining an email job Both of these displays chart the process of creating an email job and contain links that allow each step to be edited The Workflow diagram is a visual representation of the process of creating an email job To reach this diagram click on the Workflow tab from the Job Details screen Clickable icons represent each of the steps the order in which they must occur and the status of each step By clicking an icon on the Workflow diagram the account holder opens up a wizard in LISTSERV Maestro that defines and edits that step of the email jo
142. andling Handle bounced messages automatically O Send bounced messages to DomainKeys Settings These settings define if all delivered messages will be signed and augmented with an additional DomainKey Signature header C No don t sign messages Yes sign messages DomainKeys settings are enabled Click to disable Advanced Sender Information Settings You may define additional X Headers here They will be added to the mail headers of the message during delivery X Header Name X Header Text Clear Row Clear Row Clear Row Advanced sender information settings are enabled Click to disable Save as Profile C9 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 73 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job It is critically important to test an email job thoroughly before sending it especially if it is a large job being distributed to many recipients or a message containing a large amount of data Large jobs take up a lot of server time and space and affect many email hosts and individual recipients Sending out a less than perfect message can create a very negative reaction among recipients and damage an institution s credibility and reputation As a safeguard LISTSERV Maestro will not allow an email job to be authorized before a test of the job has been sent out and approved Any changes to contents recipients or sender require a new test to make sure that the changes w
143. andling 9 Handle bounced messages automatically O Send bounced messages to Advanced Sender Information Settings You may define additional X Headers here They will be added to the mail headers of the message during delivery Add Row X Header Name X Header Text Clear Row Clear Row Clear Row Advanced sender information settings are enabled Click to disable Cc Click OK to save the profile click Cancel to return to the Manage Sender Profiles screen without saving the profile or click Delete to delete the profile LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 128 Section 11 User Settings Sender profiles can also be created and saved from the Edit Sender Information screen available from the Workflow or Summary diagram screens See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Summary for more information 11 1 1 Using Merge Fields The first three input fields Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address are supplied with static values the Sender Name and Reply To Address fields are optional These static values are then used as the sender address sender name and reply to address of the email jobs The resulting jobs have the same sender information and reply to address for all recipients As an advanced feature you can provide each recipient with personalized values by entering any text containing one or several merge fields into the corresponding field The only merge fields
144. ant to use Then select the file encoding to be used to format the result and click the ownload lick Select to add the data source to the download gf Open Up Events Select OF 25E listing gurce Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com D225E listing Data Source Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Select 020225E listing Data Source Click Through Events for link sneak preview text http www widgets com EZ currently selected From data source Open Up Events the jobs 0202256 listing Add subtract and re order Selected Columns EMAIL ID NAME COUNT selected columns The selection defines grouping and ordering Available Columns CITY EMAIL GENDER ID MODEL_NUM NAME COUNT Select All File encoding Download Use for new Job Executed Aug 15 2002 05 25 06 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 04 38 00 PM LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 116 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Tip If personal tracking was used and the EMAIL column is selected for the report then the report can be used as the recipient data source for a new job Click the Use for new job link to create a new job with a recipients list where each recipient that triggered one of the events counted by the selected data source would have an entry This
145. ar If not do not include anything can be written as BB true Multi HOBBIES gt Diving true false The advertisement text for the Scuba gear goes here EB Scenario 2 If subscribers have selected any of the hobbies for which there is a special this week specials are Cycling Poker and Diving this week then include HTML formatted content describing the special s If not include some other HTML formatted content of a general nature This can be written as linebreaks in the drop in added for readability only BB 1 Multi HOBBIES amp Cycling Poker Diving 1 0 3 lt hl gt Weekly Hobbies Special lt h1 gt lt p gt Did you know that our current Weekly Hobbies Special covers some of the hobbies you are interested in lt p gt lt p gt Check it out at lt p gt etc ELSE lt hl gt General Text lt h1 gt lt p gt General text goes here lt p gt etc EB Formula Calculation The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd yyyy will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge
146. aracter is used both to denote the addition operator for number operands as well as the concatenation operator for text operands So if a appears anywhere in the formula LISTSERV Maestro must first determine if in this context the addition or the concatenation operator is meant It simply does so by looking at the operands If both operands are the number type then the is interpreted as the addition operator and the result will also be the number type If at least one of the operands is of the text type then the is interpreted as the concatenation operator and the result will be of the text type If the other operand is the number type it is automatically converted to text first see Automatic Type Conversion Operator Precedence and Parenthesis Formulas are processed by LISTSERV Maestro following the usual mathematical conventions The multiplication division type operators P and have higher precedence than the addition subtraction type operators and Operators with higher precedence are processed first if several operators with the same precedence level are encountered They are processed from left to right Parenthesis can be set freely to influence precedence Inner parenthesis will be processed before outer parenthesis Examples 15 3 4 Result 27 8 7 3 Result 32 17 22 2 5 Result 2 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 181 Appendix G Cal
147. arated by comma quoted with lt gt Using the style that quotes all values John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D Or using the style that quotes only the values that have to be quoted The values that have to be quoted in this example are the two values containing the separator character lt gt and also the first value of the second row which starts with the quote character lt gt In comparison the first value of the third row does contain the quote character too but not as the first character Therefore this field does not have to be quoted and the quote character is therefore also not escaped John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 158 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files Both will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 159 User s Manual Appendix D Email Related RFCs Appendix D Email Related RFCs For technical material on the protocols for email see the many Request for Comments documents RFCs available on the web These documents explain the rules
148. as uploaded CSV text file or LISTSERV Maestro selects from a database then the type of the field is determined by the field s content as follows If the field s content can be interpreted as a number then the number type will be used If it cannot be interpreted as a number or is empty then the text type will be used empty content will become an empty text string Consequently to use the merge field in a location of the formula where a number type is required make sure that the field s content can be interpreted as a number for all recipients Otherwise the field will have the text type for some recipients which would cause the calculation of the formula to fail so the job itself would fail as well This determination of the type is done during delivery when the merge values of all recipients are known Special Note If the formula is used in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on a Hosted Recipient List target group then only profile fields which are defined in the hosted recipient list as mandatory are allowed as standard merge field expressions Fields that are defined as optional must use the optional merge field expression instead See next sub section Optional Merge Field Expressions Restriction Optional merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in a Calc system drop in of a job with the recipients type e Uploaded CSV text file or e LISTSERV Maestro
149. at a future date and time delivery authorization may be revoked by going to the Outbox and selecting the job For more information see Section 8 The scheduled delivery time shown on this screen is always displayed relative to the local time of the user If a job is scheduled for a time zone different from the user s local time then the time displayed in the Job Summary may appear incorrect For example if the user enters the time 10 00 with time zone GMT as the scheduled delivery time but the user s location is not in the GMT time zone the delivery time displayed on the Authorize Delivery screen will be different from the 10 00 time selected This is because the user s local time is in a different time zone than the scheduled delivery time When converted to absolute time the delivery time will be correct Time zone differences between the local time and the delivery time may even show an incorrect day If the user sets the scheduled delivery time to 0 30 at GMT on the first of January the time will appear as 23 30 on the 31 of December on this screen if the local time zone is one hour behind GMT 7 5 1 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs Any auto repeat job currently in the Outbox awaiting its scheduled delivery time can have its delivery authorization revoked just like a normal job If authorization is revoked the job will be put back into the Resume Jobs list where it can be edited again If a job is re authorized for future deliv
150. ata Administrator s Manual For more information on working with datasets see Section 4 1 Recipient Datasets of the Data Administrator s Manual 12 2 Recipient Target Groups If your account has been granted the right to create target groups then the Recipient Target Groups option within the Recipient Warehouse is active By clicking this option you will open the Recipient Target Groups screen This screen lists all of the defined target groups if any and provides a wizard to create new target groups Recipient target groups are created to simplify and streamline the use of data sources including databases uploaded text files and email lists for selecting recipients and recipient data With recipient target groups regular account holders do not need to know anything about how or where data is stored they simply choose which recipient target group to use while defining the recipients for a job There are many advantages to using recipient target groups e Using recipient data stored in a database can save time and system resources e The database can be continually updated until the time the job is sent ensuring that the most current data is used for the job e Recipient target groups are shared among group members and can be reused for multiple jobs e Parameters can be inserted into recipient target groups so that regular account holders have some control over what recipients are retrieved for each job Using parameters reduces
151. ation for Type Determination for details Usage To include a standard merge field in a formula type the merge field name enclosed in amp and Only merge field names that are actually defined in the recipient list can be used Examples amp NAME amp STATE amp ACCOUNT BALANCE Type Determination Whenever a merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with the field value for the current recipient before the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined as follows e If the formula is used in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on a Hosted Recipient List target group then the type of each merge field is already defined by the profile field s type which was defined during creation of the associated hosted recipient list Profile fields of the Number type have the expression type number Profile fields of the Text type have the expression type text LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 178 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Profile fields of the Single Selection type have the expression type text Profile fields of the Boolean and Multiple Selection types are not allowed to be used in formulas at all This determination of the type is already done during parsing of the formula e If the formula is used in a Calc system drop in with the recipients types
152. ause a copy of the job to be delivered at 10 20h of the Wednesday of every second week after the initial delivery e f Deliver at 12 00h on 1 1 2005 is specified and a repeat interval of 3 months is used a delivery on the first of each of the months of January April July and October would occur resulting in one mailing at the beginning of each quarter 7 4 3 2 Auto Repeat Jobs with Dynamic Recipients or Dynamic Content Auto Repeat delivery is particularly useful together with dynamic recipient lists and or dynamic content Dynamic recipient lists are the just in time variants of recipients defined by a target group text upload a select from a database as well as standard LISTSERV lists or recipients LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 81 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options selected from a database by LISTSERV What all these recipient types have in common is that the actual list of recipients a job will be mailed to is determined just in time at the moment prior to delivery If such a job auto repeats itself each repeated copy may be mailed to a different list of recipients Dynamic content is content that uses drop ins to pull content into the message just in time before delivery Different content can be used with auto repeat jobs to mail constantly changing content to a list of recipients without editing the other parts of a job Examples of these types of jobs are provided below 7 4 3 3 Dynamic Recipients Exam
153. b After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned to the Workflow diagram to select the next step The Summary diagram is a textual listing of the process of creating an email job To reach this diagram click on the Summary tab from the Workflow diagram Each area of LISTSERV Maestro is listed in the left column the status of the step is listed in the middle column and an Edit link is listed in the right column Access to each function is obtained by clicking the Edit link After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned to the Summary diagram to select the next step Tip Individual account holders can set their preference for the Job Details screen to open as either the Workflow diagram or the Summary diagram See Section 11 4 Setting User Preference for more information The Test Reports tab will only become active once an email job had been completed through the delivery test phase At that point it becomes possible to run quick reports on the test messages containing tracked links for open up and click though events For information on using the Test Reports functions see Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job 3 3 Using the Workflow Diagram This flow chart serves as a visual representation of the process of creating a new email job Clicking on each icon opens up the interface for defining the components or details of the job As components are defined the next steps fo
154. between the database s and LISTSERV Maestro This option may only be used if LISTSERV has been set up to work with a database The site administrator should consult the LISTSERV Developer s Manual for details 4 7 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database option located in the Define recipients section Click Next gt to continue Figure 39 Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database Option Define Recipients Options Source Bo Cancel Bach Next gt TT Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients from a Database Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 42 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 7 2 Source If LISTSERV is connected to multiple databases enter the server name defined in LISTSERV s configuration in the Database Server text box on the Source screen Enter the SQL statement selecting the recipients in the SQL Statement text box Click Next gt to continue Figure 40 Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database D
155. ccconononnnonono coca non cc nono cnn rro eene nnnm nenne entren nnns 8 Figure 5 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen ssssseeeeenenneeen nne nne 9 Figure 6 Change Job Information Screen 2 ccecececceseteceseecterneseneresooeneesndenseedecensaccnsesdaneenpesedindatecedecubenedpenneeednee 10 Figure 7 Team Collaboration Scree M psss osiksi tincnt rettet nnnm cheer ie 10 Figure 8 Define Recipients Options Screens for Target Groups oocoocccconociconococcnononcncnono nono nono nnnnno enne enne 12 Figure 9 Source Screen for Recipient Target Groups sssssssseeeeeeene nennen enne en tenens 13 Figure 10 Drop Down Menu Recipient Target GrOUP coonocccccococcnonononinanancnnonanncnnnonnnnnnnn nennen nnne enn ran nennen nnne nns 14 Figure 11 Multiple Parameters Recipient Target Group sse nennen eene eren 14 Figure 12 Options for an Existing LISTSERV List nennen ener enne nennen nns 15 Figure 13 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List eene nennen nnnm nennen nnne nns 16 Figure 14 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics ooononcccnnoninnnoncccnonocnnnnncnncnn non cn nono n enne en nennen nne nns 17 Figure 15 Source Details for a LISTSERV List with Topics ooooooononcccnonocicnnococnnononnncnnnonnnn nono cnn ano nr nn naar nn enne 18 Figure 16 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List sse eene 19 Figure 17 Summary for LISTSERV Lists eessssse
156. ccount specific settings These settings and data are shared among all members of your group Sender Profiles Drop In Content Elements These settings and data are specific to the account you are currently using Change Password Preferences E 11 1 Managing Sender Profiles To open the Manage Sender Profiles screen click on the Sender Profiles link located on the User Setting screen This screen displays a list of all saved profiles Figure 113 Managing Sender Profiles Manage Sender Profiles All defined profiles for your account Click on a profile to edit delete it or use the button to create a new profile Profile Title Date Time saved Amy Kitter Jan 9 2002 11 04 07 AM Corporate One Jan 9 2002 11 05 25 AM New Profile LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 127 Section 11 User Settings To add a new profile to the list click the New Profile button To edit an existing profile click on the title of the profile you want to edit Fill in the following fields e Profile Title Enter a title that will identify the profile when it appears on the saved profiles list e Email Address Enter the email address of the sender of the message e Sender Name This is an optional field but if it is filled in then the sender s name will appear in the from field of the email message If the sender name is left blank then the from field will
157. ck Next gt Tracking Type Details Anonymous Tracking Anonymous tracking creates and saves a profile of each recipient from column data that cannot be used to identify the recipient Select which of the columns are anonymous and which are identifying like name phone number or address Anonymous Columns Identifying Columns Click on an item in one of the boxes to select it Next click on an arrow to move the item from one column to the other MODEL_NAME Sample from the recipient list EMAIL NAME FIRSTNAME STATE MODEL_NO MODEL_NAME PRICE Xavier maestro dema lsoft com Xavier Xero Xavier NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Ursula maestro dema lsoft com Ursula Underhill Ursula NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Toby maestro dema lsoft com Toby Tuttle Toby MD 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Quod maestro demo lsoft com Quod Quartermaster Quod AK 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Lisa maestro dema soft com Lisa Lopez Lisa FE 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Evelynmaestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong Evelyn CA 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Darrenimaestro demo Isoft com Darren Donagel Darren Ee 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Tobidmaestro demo lsoft com Tobias Lutz Tobias TX 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 SingOmaestro demo lsoft com Linda Sing Linda NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Xavier amp maestro demo Isoft com Xavier Xero Xavier NY 5454 Clean Air Machine 29 99 Once you ve selected your Tracking Type Details click
158. cking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 66 Section 6 Tracking For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard and mail merge selected for the LISTSERV list For target groups based on any of the above e Blind Tracking Collects unspecific tracking data recording only the number of times open up and click through events occur Blind tracking cannot discern between a single person clicking a link 100 times and 100 people each clicking a link once The total count will be 100 events in both instances Therefore all blind tracking events are considered non unique This has specific implications for the Sum of Events report types See Section 7 3 Running Test Reports and Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details Blind tracking is always available for every recipient type The following table summarizes the types of tracking available based on the way the recipients are defined Table 3 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition Recipients defined from Types of tracking available Blind Unique Anonymous Personal LISTSERV Maestro Dataset HRL HLL with Mail Merge HLL without Mail Merge Uploaded text file with non identifying fields with only identifiable fields Databa
159. cks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different content for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false For more information on coding conditional blocks see Appendix E Figure 51 Conditional Block Example If BOOK2 is blank then use the singular phrasing BB amp BOOK2 The following book borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM is overdue ELSE The following books borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM are overdue EB amp BOOK1 To avoid extra blank lines we only include the lines for other books if they are not blank BB amp BOOK2 amp BOOK2 EB BB amp BOOK3 amp BOOK3 TEB If conditional blocks are used in an HTML message first create the basic HTML message then go into the HTML Code and correctly insert the conditional statements making sure to maintain proper HTML syn
160. ct you for more information including a staffed telephone number or email address Y Provide subscribers with clear instructions of how to be removed from future mailings and make sure that your Privacy Policy is easily accessible v Plan mailings for specific opportune times so subscribers are expecting your messages and are properly suited to respond v Personalize headers with recipients names and tailor messages that are ideally suited for different target segments Y Choose software that is capable of performing as your lists grow scans outgoing messages for viruses and can measure the effectiveness of your campaign X Don t send messages to anyone who did not request to receive information X Don t purchase or rent lists of email addresses from brokers who are not reputable x Don t use exclamation points capitalized letters or other blatant marketing techniques that are synonymous with spammers X Don t send irrelevant offers to members of your database for example if you run an online travel agency do not send special airfares incentives that originate from airports that do not correspond with the zip codes members have provided X Don t overload recipients with too many messages only offer truly special deals X Don t cram too many messages into a single email or send large attachments that may clog subscribers inboxes X Don t neglect to test messages for formatting errors especially when sending HTML messag
161. ction to the Job Use Recipients Definition from Job Select zl Undelivered Jobs a Defin 0404166 Conditionals text e 040301K Testing conditional blocks 040120C Bagels and Donuts c 4031203D ODBC Database Spreadsheet Outbox 0405184 Outbox Example Delivered Jobs 0402254 March Newsletter s 4 4 2 Source The settings of the previous job will determine which Source screen is presented It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Source screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 25 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 4 3 Source Details The Source Details screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Source Details screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 4 4 Recipients Details The Recipients Details screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied Some recipient definitions do not use a Recipients Details screen It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Recipients Details screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 4 5 Summary The Summary screen will be dependent on the type
162. culation Formulas qu 22 7 DS Result 1 17 22 2 5 Result 187 Automatic Type Conversion Operators and functions usually require their operands and arguments to be of a certain type However under one circumstance it is possible to supply an expression of a different type as an operand or argument which will then automatically be converted to the required type Whenever an operand or argument of the text type is required an expression of the text or number type can be used In the latter case the number will first be converted into a text before the operator or function is applied For this conversion the number value is simply converted into the corresponding string representation for example the number 157 becomes the text string 157 Formula Functions The following tables describe the functions that are available for use in LISTSERV Maestro formulas Abs Abs arg Function Returns the absolute value of the given number argument Return Type Number Arguments arg Number type The argument whose absolute value is to be determined Examples Abs 10 Abs amp VALUE Abs 30 amp ACCOUNT 2 CurrentMillis CurrentMillis Function Returns the current time in milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT Return Type Number Arguments None Examples CurrentMillis LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User
163. d Encoding Use the following Download Encoding Select v Default Team Collaboration Click on the following link to change the team Edit Edit and Execute Only Execute e Dataset Team Collaboration This option is only available for data administrators Select the rights that you want to assign to an individual member The rights selected here will be applied as the default for all new datasets that you create New datasets will start out with these collaboration rights already assigned You can then change the rights for each individual dataset Figure 125 Default Dataset Team Collaboration Preferences Default Dataset Team Collaboration Grant other account holders permission to execute the following actions for a new dataset Customize Add Remove Modify Browse Team Member Subscriber Pages Subscribers Subscribers Subscribers chloe L1 L1 L1 O jennings O F O O To assign multiple rights at the same time Click on the name of the member to select unselect all of the rights for that member Click on the name of a right to select unselect this right for all members Click on Team Member to select unselect all of the rights for all members LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 140 Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse The Recipient Warehouse is LISTSERV Maestro s name for the method of creating storing and retrieving data within th
164. d determine what is and what is not identifying data For example zip codes are commonly used for anonymous demographic analysis However if the data contains one zip code that corresponds to just one recipient the zip code becomes identifying data for that recipient and is no longer an anonymous field In this instance the input data could be changed so that sparsely populated zip codes are all lumped together into an other category for the purposes of tracking and then the zip code would remain anonymous Anonymous tracking is available For recipients uploaded as a text file and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard as long as the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For target groups based on any of the above When anonymous tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail recipient and stores this information in the system database
165. d http ietf org rfc rfc2635 txt Mailings and Postings spam 3098 How to Advertise Responsibly Using Email and Newsgroups http ietf org rfc rfc3098 txt 1818 Best Current Practices http ietf org rfc rfc1818 txt 1796 Not All RFCs are Standards http ietf org rfc rfc1796 txt LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 160 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Adding conditional blocks to the body of an email job is a powerful way to personalize the content of the message for individual recipients Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Judicious use of conditional blocks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different content for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so that a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false Important Conditional blocks use a significant amount of processing time Use with care for jobs with a large volum
166. d to determine the earliest and the latest points in time that are considered when the events are retrieved from Maestro Tracker e Automatic LISTSERV Maestro will determine the time period to fit the registered events From all the events of all of the jobs and or URLs that are part of the report LISTSERV Maestro will set the time of the earliest event as the From and the time of the latest event as the To values of the time period If two jobs are selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will select the delivery time of the first received event open up or click through from either job as the start time and the time of the last received event from either job as the end time e Defined Period User can determine the time period for the report and make this relative to any time zone The Team Collaboration section contains an Edit link that is used to change the existing team collaboration settings for the report If this link is not active then you do not have permission to use this feature If you have permission to delete reports then the Delete this Report button is active 10 1 2 Adding a Data Source Adding a data source is a multi step process that has to be repeated for each separate variable in the report In Figure 87 seven different variables will be plotted on the report so the Data Source wizard was engaged seven times to record each one To begin defining a data source click on the Data Sources tab
167. d use each in its appropriate message part Click the Test Drop in link to open a new browser window in order to test the formatting of the drop in Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 130 Section 11 User Settings Figure 116 Edit Drop In Content Element Text Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type Text i The drop in contains O Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in land Text Test Drop In e File The content of this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file that is accessed by a file name defined here The file itself must be accessible from the server and not a local file on a workstation computer See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 117 Edit Drop In Content Element File Edit Drop In Content Element Name il Description Type File v The drop in contains 9 Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in 44 land File Name File Encoding West European ISO 1 v Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro In the Name field enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the mess
168. des organizations with an advanced tool to create send and track opt in personalized email messages LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 builds on the powerful new abilities introduced in 2 0 to collect manage save and reuse data from mailing list subscribers The Data Warehouse has become even more flexible with the addition of an interface for customizing each page in the Subscriber Web Interface The ability to easily modify populated datasets and dataset team collaboration has made maintaining datasets less difficult and more user friendly LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 continues its progress towards full integration with LISTSERV by introducing a few new features for Hosted LISTSERV Lists HLL and Hosted Recipient Lists HRL For those using Hosted LISTSERV Lists the ability to manager subscriber options i e nomail and digest from the LISTSERV Maestro subscriber pages has been added For those using Hosted Recipient Lists features that were once only available for HLLs are now available for HRLs These features are subscriber activity change logs automatic bounce processing and the ability for a subscriber to set their subscription to an HRL to nomail LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 has also made improvements to the interface for the LUI administrative account making it easier to maintain sites with many users These are just some of the enhancements made in LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 For a complete explanation of all changes see the following sections Note The
169. diverse doc ISO 3166 html for a list of the ISO 3316 country codes If langcode and countrycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Examples ToMillis February 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy parses the given date using the default U S locale ToMillis Februar 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy Germany parses the given date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToMillis Februar 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy de AT parses the given date using a custom locale for language de German and country AT Austria LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 190 Appendix G Calculation Formulas ToNum ToNum text Function Tries to parse a number from the given text string and returns that number Generates an error if the provided text string does not contain a valid number for example letters Can be used to convert a profile field which is of type text but still only contains numbers to the type number which can then be used in contexts that require the type number such as number operators and functions requiring a number argument Return Type Number Arguments text Text type The text string to convert to a number Examples ToNum 12345 ToNum amp AGE ToNum 123 456 Note The result of the last example will not be the number 579
170. dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this email offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates on the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com j Some scenarios that can be used as examples that demonstrate system drop ins are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscriber has selected exactly the three hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES and no others use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type equality If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is equal to the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with exactly the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 2 If the subscriber has selected one two or all of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type subset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber
171. dsheet using ODBC will result in 3 columns called CUSTID EMAIL and FULLNAME derived from 4 columns in the spreadsheet called ID EMAIL FNAME and LNAME select ID AS CUSTID EMAIL FNAME LNAME AS FULLNAMI from Demo recipients T E 4 6 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the Define Recipients wizard From here it is possible to use the lt Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list selected from the database checking for errors in the email addresses that would prevent the email from being delivered From this screen it is possible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the screen Figure 37 Define Recipient Summary Summary Options Source Recipients Details Summar m Cancel lt Back Finish Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL ADDRESS Name Column F NAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Execute Date Time May 26 2004 04 04 02 PM Valid recipients will be used for delivery 102 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery O Duplicate Elimination
172. e e Shift JIS Japanese e KSC 5601 Korean e EIC KR Korean e UTF 8 International Unicode encoded in UTF 8 format Unicode is a very large charset with room for almost all characters of many different languages of the world even the many Asian characters The 8 bit range of 0 255 is not enough to accomodate all letters from even the European languages at once therefore there is a need for more than a dozen different members of the ISO 8859 family Also 8 bit charsets do not take into account the other major language groups of the world such as Asian languages To address the limitations of 8 bit charsets recently the 16 bit charset Unicode with a range for 65536 characters has become more and more widespread This charset contains more or less all letters and characters from the most widely used languages as well as a set of symbols and other useful characters LISTSERV Maestro offers Unicode in the form of its UTF 8 variant UTF 8 is a transfer encoding for the 16 bit Unicode charset which maps Unicode characters to one two or more bytes in a way that more common characters like ASCII characters need fewer bytes than uncommon characters Again for convenience the first 128 characters of Unicode 0 127 are the same as in the ASCII charset while the first 256 characters 0 255 are the same as in ISO 8859 1 West European A large percentage of all other letters of world languages are assigned values from 25
173. e Add Row link to add a blank row to the table Add Row Clear Row Tony ftiger anycorp com Clear Row immy doc biotech net Click Clear Row to delete the Clear Row Beth writer company com data from that row Send Delivery Test Messages Save amp Close Cancel Advanced ee Use the Advanced Options links to copy e Copy recipients and test line from another job test recipient data from another source e Upload delivery test recipients from a text file Download delivery test recipients or download test recipients to a local file Click Send Delivery Test Messages to continue Click Save amp Close to save the test recipient data but not send the test message Once the messages have been sent review the results It is usually a good idea to include the job owner and any team members in the test recipient list so test results can be viewed firsthand LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 74 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options If the test results were not acceptable select the No option and then click OK This will prevent the job from being approved for delivery and allow any necessary changes to be made by bringing up the Job Details screen If the test results were acceptable select the Yes option and then click OK This will allow the job to be authorized for delivery Figure 65 Delivery Test Results Delivery Test Delivery Test Results The test messages have bee
174. e to save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 6 Event Details Report The Event details report is available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source Use the top frame to select the data source and the bottom frame to select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the downloaded data Data must be downloaded and can be imported into a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs Figure 104 Event Details Report Selected Job October Widget Company Newsletter ID NEWS 020821B Report Tracking data for October Widget Company Newsletter Download Report Result Report of type Raw Information of Events Collected During the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file choose from the list below for which job s from which data source you want to download the events Then select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the result and click the download button Click Select to add the data source to the download Data Source Op Bp Events EA October Widget Company Newsletter Data Sourg Click Through Events for link advanced order
175. e Recipients Definition Select the default recipient type for new jobs e Content Definition Select the default content type Plain Text or HTML as well as the default character set encoding Elect to have HTML messages default to having alternative text or not using the options buttons e Tracking Definition Select whether tracking will be on or off for new jobs e Delivery Test Definition Enter a default test line for all outgoing delivery tests e Schedule Definition Select the default delivery type and the default time zone for new jobs LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 139 User s Manual Section 11 User Settings e Report Definition Set a variety of default report options including Report Type Time Period Time Zone Download Encoding and Team Collaboration Figure 124 Report Definition Preferences Report Definition Preferences Set your individual report definition preferences on this page Default Report Type Let the system use the last Report Type 9 Use the following Report Type Event distribution over time Default Period Type O Let the system use the last Period Type Use the following Period Type Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events Y Default Time Zone O Letthe system use the last Time Zone Use the following Time Zone Use my local time zone M Default Download Encoding Let the system use the last Downloa
176. e ability to track the links within this drop in content For more information on tracking link within drop in content see Section 6 3 Tracking Details Administration Enhancements Several enhancements have been made to improve the administrator s ability to manage and control accounts These enhancements are described in the following sections LUI Admin Account The LUI interface for the special admin account has been improved making it easier for the administrator to deal with staffing changes These enhancements include e The ability to display jobs or reports owned by a particular owner or group e The ability to list all jobs or reports that have been orphaned when that particular account owner was deleted e The ability to change the owner of more than one job or report at a time e The ability to delete more than one job or report at a time e The ability to archive more than one job at a time e The ability to import more than one job at a time For more information on these enhancements to the LUI admin account see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Refreshing the Subscriber Page Translations Translations for the Subscriber Pages are maintained externally with the L Soft Resource Translation Tool and are made available to LISTSERV Maestro as JAR files New versions of these files are automatically loaded by the system during startup However in certain situations the administrator
177. e an email address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the email account LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 34 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 31 Elimination of Duplicate Recipients Screen Elimination of Duplicate Recipients To avoid unnecessary and in most cases unwanted double messages to the same recipient use this page to remove duplicates from your recipient data Duplicate Elimination Options Do not remove duplicates C Remove duplicates with the same e mail address Use my list of columns to determine duplicates Recipient Sample EMAIL FNAME LNAME ADDRESS ADDRESS1 CITY STATE ZIP TEXTMSG YOB Anna maestro demo soft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Annak maestro dema lsoft cam Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Bob maestro dema soft com Bob Bouchard 1313 Mocking Bird Ln Baltimore Maryland 21203 T 1984 kate maestro dema soft com Kate Kurpatick 23 Eastway Rd Brookeville MD 20833 T 1965 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel 6410 Elliot Place Miami Florida 33018 T 1967 Evelyn maestro dema lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 1407 Ruatan St SanJose California 95109 F 1966 Ines maestro dema soft com Ines Ito 360 Boyd Hall Room551 New York New York 10240 F 1962 Jocelyne maestro demo lsoft com Jocelyne Jones 239 Periwinkle
178. e file needs to be interpreted correctly before being usable as a recipients list The preview below shows the result of the parsing performed using the settings specified on this page Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character The system will interpret the recipients file with standard encoding and will try to determine the separator and quote character automatically Specify details manually Header Row Yes the first row in the file contains the headers No the file does not have a header row Preview Name Email Product Model_num City State Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com coffee master 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com espresso press 8787 Hartford ET Xavier Xero Xavier server company com mrtea 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com coffee master 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Yanna server company com espresso press 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com mrtea 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com mr tea 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com coffee master 9595 Buffalo NY Ron Remmington Ron server company com coffee master 9595 New Haven CT Refresh Preview Click the Next gt button to continue if the parsing is accurate with each column of data separated correctly and labeled with a header row 4 5 3 1 Parse Recipients Manually If LISTSERV Maestro has not interpreted the data c
179. e ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 31 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 4 5 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients Optionally type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible Figure 28 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details C Cancel lt Back Next UM Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail add
180. e inserted if the condition is true In this case if there is data in the field fullname it will be inserted here using the merge field to create a line that reads Dear Anne Smith for example else The else directive is inserted to allow a different text to be used if the condition is false In this case if the field fullname has no data another salutation will be used Dear Valued Customer The text to be inserted if the condition is false In this case a generic salutation NIS End block directive LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 162 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Nesting Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks can be nested to any depth creating opportunities to insert more than two pieces of text depending on the conditions For example if the second condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and if the third condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and so on An example of a nested conditional block looks like this ollo COmellicicin to be Swelllhuaiceel exe uo be imeluded woen che ComeliiclGm is mert else bb condition to be evaluated cese o le abmwellukelex ir tae cirst comerlo 18 more mete ouc tie seconel condition is else text to be included if neither the first nor the second condition is met alo eb Conditional Operators The condition that is evaluated is created by making a comparison against recipient data Operat
181. e job shall be part of the same sequence as before or if it shall start a new sequence Continue as part of the same auto repeat sequence as before C Start a new auto repeat sequence with this job as the first job e The job is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence and has been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 85 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options authorization of this job was revoked and then it was changed in some way When re authorized the job will create a new auto repeat sequence and it will no longer be part of the sequence it belonged to before the delivery authorization was revoked This happens because the job is no longer an exact copy of the previous jobs in its original sequence Instead it will be the first and still only job of a new auto repeat sequence Figure 71 Auto Repeat Authorization for a New Sequence Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Dec 17 2003 11 24 AM The job will also start a new auto repeat sequence and will automatically authorize and deliver a copy of itself every 2 weeks after the first delivery until Dec 31 2004 12 01 PM definition content definition track
182. e kind of recipients definition selected for a particular job If recipients are uploaded as a text file based on the reaction of a previous job selected from a database by the Maestro User Interface or come from a target group based on a hosted recipient list then all recipients and their merge values are already known to the Maestro User Interface before the job is submitted to LISTSERV for delivery LISTSERV Maestro can therefore encode each merge value with the LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 151 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets same charset that is used for the email text Consequently if the values are later merged into the text their charset will match that of the text However if a merge value contains a character that cannot be displayed in the charset chosen for the text then this character will be replaced with a question mark during the encoding and this question mark will appear in the mail that reaches the recipient to which the merge value belongs In the example described above where the message body was in plain text and the recipient list was composed of recipient names from all over the world a problem could occur because LISTSERV Maestro chooses the charset based on the message text not on the recipient values If the mail text itself is plain English then LISTSERV Maestro will determine ASCII as the correct encoding for the message and the recipient data If then the names of the
183. e of recipients If messages will be substantially different for different recipients then it may be more efficient and easier to test if the recipients are split up among multiple jobs with fewer conditional blocks rather than trying to fit many different messages into one job with a complex conditional block structure Syntax for Conditional Blocks The syntax of a conditional block is composed of directives and operators A conditional block is coded by using the BB begin block the EB end block and the ELSE directives Comments can be added without appearing in the final message by placing a before the text containing the comment Each directive must be on a line by itself starting as the first character of the line Conditional directives are not case sensitive Table 7 Conditional Directives bb Begins a conditional block Must begin any block and must contain the i condition to be evaluated on the same line Conditional else If the condition specified in bb evaluates false then US execute the code in this part of the block eb End conditional block Must be the last line of any block S Precedes comment lines A conditional block always starts with the BB directive followed by a condition on the same line The EB directive ends the conditional block Fields used in a condition are preceded by an ampersand but are
184. e of report selected will determine the other options that appear in the lower half of the screen Some report types will have many other options to choose and other report types will have no additional options to select 10 1 3 1 Result Settings for Event Distribution over Time The Event distribution over time option produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and event statistics are charted on the y axis Options available for this report type include e Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There are three choices Total number of events The y value of the graph will display the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval on the y value will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Note The percentage could be more than 100 if multiple event types are being represented by a given data source or if single recipients produce multiple events LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 104 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Percentage of t
185. e opening screen the LISTSERV Maestro home page 2 Up One Level brings the user up one level in the program not necessarily back to the previous screen Gx Log out ends the LISTSERV Maestro session and exits the interface 2 Help provides access to page specific online help LISTSERV Maestro s functionality centers on characterizing the various parts of an email job A job refers to all of the elements that make up the creation scheduling delivery and tracking of customized email messages Throughout the LISTSERV Maestro documentation job email job and mailing are used interchangeably and represent the same thing the summation of the multiple functions that make up the definition and distribution of customized email messages Caution The browser s back button will not function as a navigation device within the program Instead to return to a previous step within a wizard use the Back button To return to a previous step within a job use the Up One Level icon located at the top right of the screen The center of the opening screen of LISTSERV Maestro contains seven large icons that activate the major functional areas of the program e Start New Job Starts begins the definition of a new email job e Resume Job Lists all jobs that have been started but have not yet been approved for delivery Jobs listed here can be edited e Outbox Contains a list of jobs that have been defined scheduled
186. e responsibly Responsible use of the software includes but is not limited to observation of all laws and legal requirements that apply to use of the software and specifically privacy concerns of the recipients It is the full responsibility of the user to be apprised of all relevant ethical and legal implications regarding use of the software LISTSERV Maestro can track a variety of different information about recipients and how they interact with a sent message Tracking statistics reports are available in a number of formats Tracking data can also be downloaded so that it can be used in other statistical and reporting software packages With a special Microsoft Excel Add In downloaded statistics can be easily imported to generate tables and graphs in Excel For more information see Section 10 7 Using the Excel Add In Note It is not necessary for tracking to be enabled to send out an email job Tip Let recipients know that they are being tracked and how tracking information is being used by providing a statement in the company or institution s privacy policy Post the policy on the web and provide users and recipients the URL for reference 6 1 Defining Tracking There are five basic steps to define tracking for a single email job that are reflected in the screens that make up the Tracking Definition wizard These steps are e On Off Turn tracking on or off If tracking is switched off for a job the only other screen that
187. e system Every group or single user account has its own Recipient Warehouse that is the repository for recipient datasets lookup tables and recipient target groups Administering the Recipient Warehouse is only available to the data administrator or to those accounts with this permission granted by the data administrator Figure 126 The Recipient Warehouse Recipient Warehouse Administer the recipient warehouse Administer subscribers and mailing lists maintained by LISTSERV Maestro Recipient Datasets Administer predefined recipient selections for use with e mail jobs in LISTSERV Maestro Recipient Target Groups a If your account has the data administrator rights see Section 4 The Recipient Warehouse of the Data Administrator s Manual for more information on this feature 12 1 Recipient Datasets If your account has been granted access to certain functions with regard to an existing dataset then the Recipient Datasets option within the Recipient Warehouse is active By clicking this option you will open the Recipient Dataset screen Click on a dataset to open it The options available for the dataset vary depending on the permissions granted to your account These permissions include e Customize Subscriber Pages If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to customize any subscriber pages associated with the dataset and its hosted lists This means that from the Recipient
188. e threshold time has passed the job will be marked as failed with a corresponding error message and will immediately be transferred to the list of delivered jobs as explained in Section 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures For example If a job is scheduled to be delivered at 8 00 with an auto repeat delay interval of 12 hours the job is supposed to repeat itself at 8 00 and 20 00 of each day but the system is down at that time then during the next system startup the job will be re scheduled from 8 00 to 20 00 Or if the next system startup occurs after 20 00 of that day the job will be re scheduled to 8 00 of the next day or even 20 00 of the next day if necessary and so on until a delivery time is found that occurs after the system startup During the whole process the job will not fail and no new job copies are created The system simply takes the job that should have been delivered earlier and re schedules it for the next available delivery time If the job was supposed to stop auto repeating at a time that has passed before the system startup then the system will not find a next available delivery time for re scheduling In that case the job will fail with a message to that effect 7 5 Authorizing a Job for Delivery In order for an email job to be delivered final authorization is required After all previous requirements have been met define recipients define message define tracking define sender delivery tes
189. each 8 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 11000100 would mean the character with the decimal value 196 which is the umlaut A However with the ISO 8859 7 charset also 8 bit the same value 196 would mean the Greek letter A instead Consequently the decoding scheme or charset that makes the message readable to the recipient is very important LISTSERV Maestro takes care to include this information in the email so that it is not lost during the transfer Merging Fields with International Character Sets The issue of international character sets in combination with merging fields needs to be considered very carefully to make sure that the results of the merging appear to the recipient as intended The main problem when merging fields containing text using international charsets is to decide which charset to use Potentially the characters in the body of the message require a certain charset while some of the merge values may require a different charset For example a message may have English text as the body of the message but a recipient list with recipients from all over the world with names that contain letters from various languages It is likely that these international names would be encoded using a different charset than the text of the message It is important to consider what happens when merging these names into the English body text The effect that the chosen charset has on the merge values depends on th
190. each recipient Count all events LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 106 User s Manual Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 10 1 3 3 Result Settings for Recipient Details The Recipient details option is only used for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the profile field columns from the recipient definition You must then download the report to get the recipient detail data Figure 92 Result Settings Tab for the Recipient Details Option Define Report Define the settings of the report D save e execute Ok Cancel tle Newsletters T General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events 9 Recipient details Event details 10 1 3 4 Result Settings for Event Details The Event details option is available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs The report type displays a table that lists the report type time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data You must then download the report to get the event detail data Figure 93 Result Setting Tab for the Event Details Option Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy
191. ecast drop in is updated before the hour of the delivery time After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the scheduled hour each day with a different forecast as pulled from the web server source by the drop in each day 7 4 3 5 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual only it is automatically closed and transferred into the list of delivered jobs just as if it had been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not yet been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed See Section 8 for more information on delivery failures context of auto repeat jobs this may actually be an acceptable state if there are no recipients that fit the conditions of the job In the dynamic recipients example a message was supposed to be delivered to all recipients with a negative account balance on the first of each month If in a given month there are no recipients with a negative account balance no mail would be sent out for that month and the job instance for that month would fail with No recipients found as the reason for failure In this case the failure should be interpreted as a valid state because
192. ect the Name Column Selecting the Name Column is optional but it can be used to make the message more personalized LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 32 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 29 Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summar C Cancel lt Back Next gt LM Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email y Name Column Select optional ct Name Header Definil Email a Zoe Zimmerman SU ore erver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server co
193. ed any additional columns that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 38 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 36 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL Y To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition MODEL NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette
194. efine Recipients Options Source Cancel lt Back WERE Recipients Source Let LISTSERY select recipients from a database Specify the SQL Statement that will be executed by LISTSERY to retrieve the recipients for the e mail job Database Server optional leave empty to use the default database SQL Statement EELECT FROM CUSTOMERS WHERE EMAIL AOL COM executed by LISTSERV 4 7 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV 4 7 4 Recipients Details Because LISTSERV is communicating directly with the database LISTSERV Maestro does not have any information about what data is contained in the database or how it is arranged As a result there is no preview of the columns being used by the database In order to give LISTSERV Maestro the information it needs to send the job it is necessary to know the exact names of the columns of data in the database This information can be obtained from the LISTSERV system administrator or from the database administrator Enter the name of the email column in the Email Column text box This is the minimum amount of information needed to send a job Optionally enter the name of the recipients column in the Name Column text box If mail merging is going to be used in the message enter the names for the columns of data that will be used as merged fields in the Merge Columns text box one name per r
195. elivery testing and delivery authorization To schedule the delivery of an email job click on the Delivery Settings icon on the Workflow diagram or the Edit link in the Delivery section of the Summary diagram LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 78 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal Jobs The Delivery Settings screen opens with selections to schedule the delivery of a normal job that will be delivered once and not repeat This is the default delivery scheduling format for LISTSERV Maestro Select the Deliver immediately when authorized or Deliver at the following time option If the job is scheduled for a future delivery date and time enter the date and time in the edit boxes using the format displayed adjacent to each box The date and time entered are dependent on the time zone selected from the drop down selection box at the bottom of the screen Local time is relative to the workstation accessing the job and not the server running LISTSERV Maestro Figure 67 Delivery Settings Delivery Settings Supply Delivery Information Deliver immediately when authorized 9 Deliver at the following time Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Advanced scheduling options are disabled Click to enable Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone Y Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically
196. els for columns e Summary Displaying the interpretation of the recipient data in a table for review Depending on the selection of options for each step subsequent steps and options will become available or will not be necessary to complete The lt Back and Next gt buttons navigate to the previous and following pages automatically saving any changes on the current page Click on any active link to go immediately to that screen saving any changes on the current page Click Cancel to close the wizard without saving changes and return to the Workflow or Summary diagram Exiting the wizard by closing the browser or clicking on a navigational or functional icon before successfully completing it acts the same as clicking Cancel 4 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group Send to a Recipient Target Group allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a data source All accounts in the group where the recipient target groups are saved may use them to build a recipient list for an email job The data administrator will set up LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 11 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job target groups based on available data and will decide what the target group functionality will look like check boxes drop down menus or a combination For information on how to create target groups see the Data Administrator s Manual There are many advantages to using recipient targe
197. ement software in the world today It is an application that allows users to create and maintain email lists on their corporate networks or on the Internet LISTSERV supports all types of email lists newsletters moderated and un moderated discussion groups and direct marketing campaigns List sizes can range from a few participants in a discussion group to several million in a newsletter Every list and its archives can be maintained through a simple web interface which can be fully customized to match a website profile Lookup Table A set of values that is used for the values in a selection menu Lookup tables are shared across a recipient warehouse so multiple datasets can use them MIME Stands for Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions Extensions to the Internet mail format that allow it to carry multiple types of data as attachments to email messages Multiple Selection List In hosted recipient data a field that appears as a drop down menu that allows one or more items to be selected Open Up Event A trackable occurrence available with HTML email messages that records each time a message is opened by a recipient Parse A software routine that analyzes a statement in natural or artificial language and resolves it into a form that can be understood by the computer In LISTSERV Maestro a database file exported as a text file will be parsed sorted into categories or columns of data before it can be used by the system
198. en LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 33 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 30 Recipient Summary Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary rs Cancel lt Back Finish Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Recipients File Source File Name subscribers listserv widgets txt Upload Date Time Aug 11 2004 04 57 55 PM Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column FNAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Valid recipients will be used for delivery 34 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery O Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Define Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Recipien EMAIL FNAME LNAME ADDRESS ADDRESS1 CITY STATE ZIP TEXTMSG YOB Anna maestro demoa soft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Annak maestro dema lsoft com Anna Anchor 8402 Fenton St NW Buffalo New York 14222 F 1970 Bob maestro demo soft com Bob Bouchard 1313 Mocking Bird Ln Baltimore Maryland 21203 T 1984 kateOmaestro demo lsoft corn Kate Kurpatick 23 Eastway Rd Brookeville MD 20833 T 1965 Darren maestro dema lsoft com Darren Donagel 6410 Elliot Place Miami Florida 33018 T 1967 Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 1407
199. en or closed tag to an underscore because it appears in the name of the drop in element Conversely if the actual message contains the text or then it will be necessary to select different tags to use for placeholders To include a drop in content element in a message simply type the drop in element s name with the exact spelling and case and surround it with the opening and the closing tags that have been defined For a list of available drop ins click the Show Merge Fields and Drop Ins link at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code AOL Code or Text screen Copy and LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 46 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job paste the name of the drop in into the message to ensure the correct name and tags To define a new drop in content element click on the User Settings icon and then select the Drop In Content Elements link Figure 45 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Selected Job October Widget Company Newsletter ID NEWS 0208094 This list contains all available merge fields and drop ins for the selected job Available merge fields To use one of these fields in your mail content please select the value copy it and paste it into your mail Please use the Refresh link to update the list if you have selected another job or the opening and closing tags of the drop ins have
200. ender and Delivery Options First select the report type by clicking the corresponding option button Three different report types are available depending on the type of tracking you selected Event distribution over time Produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and events are charted on the y axis Sum of events Produces a bar graph showing the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the message The length of each bar shows the number of events Two types can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events records only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register O zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient Event details Displays a table that lists the report type lists the time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data Click the download link to download the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or third party statistical analysis software to create detailed reports Event detail reports are available for personal anonymous uni
201. ensed profile then in all likelihood you will have several recipients with the same profile namely all those of the same gender that live in the same city If during the creation of the report several recipients are found to have the same condensed profile this profile will be included in the report table only once Instead of including the same profile several times LISTSERV Maestro simply counts how many recipients share the same profile for each unique profile In the special purpose column called COUNT each instance of an event for the same profile is recorded If you include this column then it will be populated with the number of recipients that were matched to the condensed profile defined by the other columns in the same row Using the COUNT column allows you to find out interesting demographic statistics such as how many males or females from a certain city have clicked on a certain link Note The rows in the table will be sorted in ascending order on the first column If there are profiles with the same values in the first column then they will be sorted after their second column and so on Example Assume that the full profile has the three columns from above EMAIL GENDER and CITY Also assume that if you included all columns plus the COUNT column then your report table would look like this CITY GENDER EMAIL COUNT New York female sally somewhere com 1 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 1
202. ent Lists that have personal tracking it is possible to create a new job based on the reaction of recipients to these types of jobs by using a target group instead Ask the LISTSERV Maestro Data Administrator for assistance with this option or see the LISTSERV Maestro Data Administrator s Manual for more information 4 3 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job option and then select a job from the drop down menu Click Next gt to proceed Figure 18 Options for Reaction to a Previous Job Define Recipients Source a Cancel z Bad Next gt An Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Select y Select umaana Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 20 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 3 2 Source The Source screen defines the conditions that potential recipients had to fulfill in the previous job to become eligible to receive the new message First decide whether to include recipients who performed an action or to exclude recipient
203. ent list that contains the recipient ID The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list ID Column Select y Select EMAIL NAME RECIPIENT ID CITY STATE COUNTRY ZIP LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 68 User s Manual Section 6 Tracking 3 Click the ID Column drop down menu and then select the column that contains the unique recipient ID Click Next gt to continue This version is for when anonymous tracking is selected Anonymous tracking is independent of recipient type but columns have to be selected as either anonymous or identifying Identifying columns contain information about individual recipients than can be used to identify them such as name and telephone number Using identifying columns in recipients profiles creates profiles that are not anonymous and could violate recipients privacy Anonymous columns on the other hand contain information about individual recipients that cannot be used to identify them such as gender age or city Using anonymous columns creates recipient profiles that will not identify individual recipients See Section 10 2 3 Recipients Details Reports for more information on running reports from anonymous tracking jobs and downloading demographic information Figure 60 Anonymous Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Type Details Summary Cancel lt Ba
204. ents are counted as occurring within a certain amount of time This amount of time is referred to as an interval Intervals can be set as hours days or weeks e Result Accumulation Defines whether the values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Each interval s events are counted and plotted for only that time period The resulting line on the chart displays as a series of peaks and valleys Accumulate interval values Each interval s events are counted and plotted adding to the previous interval s events until the end of the report period The resulting line on the chart displays as ever increasing The incline will become less steep over time until it plateaus into more or less a straight line once recipients no longer trigger events Figure 97 Change View Settings Report Tracking data for listing Change View Settings for Report Report of type Event Distribution over the Time Period To modify the display of the report and the format of the downloaded results change the settings below and click on the Execute button Result Calculation Defines how the result shown on the Y axis of the chart is calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Interval Size Defines the how many events will be grouped in each interval 9 Events per hour O Events per day O Events per week Result Accu
205. equals 09 00 10 00 AM equals 10 00 11 00 AM equals 11 00 12 00 PM equals 12 00 1 00 PM equals 13 00 2 00 PM equals 14 00 3 00 PM equals 15 00 4 00 PM equals 16 00 5 00 PM equals 17 00 6 00 PM equals 18 00 7 00 PM equals 19 00 8 00 PM equals 20 00 9 00 PM equals 21 00 10 00 PM equals 22 00 11 00 PM equals 23 00 12 00 AM equals 00 00 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 148 User s Manual Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Computers store all information in the form of bits or their 8 bit conglomerations bytes Bits are also the entities that are transferred from the sender s computer to the recipients computer whenever an email message is sent Email programs take the message and convert it to bits The message is sent and the receiving email client program translates these bits back into a readable message for the recipient This process takes place seamlessly for the sender and the recipient The sender first creates a text message and the recipient receives a text message all the converting remains behind the scenes In order for characters from an alphabet to be converted into bits for transmission and then converted back into the message the bits have to be arranged into sequences representing each character in the alphabet Matching the bit sequences to alphabetical characters
206. ere effective To test an email job click on the Delivery Test icon on the Workflow diagram or the Test link in the Test Status section of the Summary diagram LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to use a previously entered group of test recipients upload and download test recipient lists or type in test recipient names and addresses The test interface displays a table for entering test data Each row represents a test recipient The columns displayed depend on the columns defined in the recipient definition stage of the job Valid Internet email addresses are necessary for all the fields in the column that is specified as the email column The test messages will be sent to these addresses The same address may be used in more than one row The subject line for a test message can be changed Changing the test subject line will not affect the subject line of the final message The optional test line allows the user to enter a line of text that will appear above the body of the message when it is delivered Use this to recognize test messages and different versions of test messages If nothing is entered into the optional test line box then no text is added to the test messages A test line will never be added to a final email job Figure 64 Delivery Test Delivery Test Specify Delivery Test Recipients E mail Column EMAIL Name Column NAME Subject fest Test line testing 12 This text will be added to each test message Click th
207. erpreted as relative to the time zone of the server although for parsing a specific time zone can be supplied If the default U S locale is not desired specify a locale in the ToDate or ToMillis function 2 Important For date time formatting and parsing by default the U S locale and the Date and Time Formats Date and time formats are specified by pattern strings Within pattern strings unquoted letters from A to z and from a to z are interpreted as pattern letters representing the components of a date or time string see below for details Text can be quoted using single quotes lt gt to avoid interpretation In a quoted text the double single quote lt gt represents a single quote All other characters are not interpreted they are simply copied into the output string during formatting or matched against the input string during parsing The following pattern letters are defined all other characters from A to Z and from a to z are reserved The letters are case sensitive The same letter has different meanings in its uppercase or lowercase version Each pattern letter has a specific presentation in the created final string during formatting or in the parsed string during parsing For example presentation types may be Text Number Year or similar More details about the presentations and their meanings follow below Commonly Used Pattern Letters
208. ers may only contain characters that are safe to use in a URL Some characters are not safe to use other characters have a reserved meaning for example the ampersand 8 which has the special meaning of separating two parameters Therefore all characters that are not valid for use in a URL parameter value must be URL encoded URL encoding is a standard that encodes unsafe characters into safe characters When using field merging in URL parameters there are two options to ensure that all parameters are URL safe e Make sure that the values of all merge fields that are used of all recipients are actually URL safe For example if all recipient IDs only contain alphanumeric characters then the ID values are already URL safe because alphanumeric characters are by definition URL safe It is important to know how recipient IDs are generated by a registration script for example in order to know if they are indeed URL safe e If the possibility exists that not all merge values are URL safe then use the special LISTSERV function amp URLENCODE to make them so Simply enclose the merge field in the URL within the parenthesis of this function For example if there were any doubt that the ID merge field s values were URL safe then the sample URL could be written like this http host domain path visitorID amp URLENCODE Qh D page home The function s URLENCODE amp I
209. ery the job may have its standing changed in respect to the auto repeat sequence it was part of before the authorization was revoked Here are the possible standings e The job is the first job of an auto repeat sequence This means that no delivery has taken place for this job because it was the first job of the sequence and was already revoked before its scheduled delivery time When re authorized the job will simply continue to be the first and still only job of the same auto repeat sequence it belonged to before e The job is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence but has not been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery authorization of this job was revoked but the job has not changed since then When re authorized the job can continue as part of the same auto repeat sequence or it can start a new auto repeat sequence This choice will have to be made on the Authorize Delivery screen Figure 70 Auto Repeat Re Authorization Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Dec 17 2003 11 24 AM The job will run in an auto repeat sequence and will automatically authorize and deliver a copy of itself every 2 weeks after the first delivery until Dec 31 2004 12 01 PM Please define if th
210. es an empty text as the default for amp NAME Type Determination Whenever any such merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with the field value for the current recipient or if that value is undefined or empty it will be replaced with the given default Then the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined just like for standard merge field expressions In addition if the field s value is empty or undefined the type will be determined by the type of the given default Make sure that the type of the default matches the field s type or is at least convertible into that type see Automatic Type Conversion Function Expressions Restriction Functions can usually be used in any formula However there may be individual restrictions that apply only to certain functions See the function descriptions for details Type The type depends on each function See the function descriptions for details Usage To include a function in a formula simply type the function name possibly followed by an argument list in parenthesis See the function description for details concerning whether arguments are required by a certain function and what they mean Note Function names are case sensitive and any parenthesis enclosing the argument list must immediately follow the function name without any space in between Examples Abs 20 Ma
211. es not require the installation of the native DB2 database client on the LUI server e Oracle 10g is now a supported DBMS for a system database or a recipient data source e The LISTSERV Maestro server is now supported on Mac OS X 10 4 and other compatible versions e The Mozilla Firefox browser on Mac OS X is now supported as a LISTSERV Maestro client for accessing the LUI and HUB interfaces e The Safari browser version 2 0 build 412 and later on Mac OS X is now supported as a LISTSERV Maestro client for accessing the LUI and HUB interfaces LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xvii What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e MS SQL Server 2005 is now supported with the free open source TDS driver The TDS driver support is also available with MS SQL Server 2000 e New or customized web pages independent of LISTSERV Maestro can now be served by the Tomcat Server For more information on any of these enhancements see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xviii Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro Designed specifically to work with LISTSERV 14 4 or later LISTSERV Maestro allows users to easily create and send personalized email messages using a web interface Incorporated into this powerful tool is a hosting component collecting and retaining recipient data by creating data tables and public web pa
212. es or when contacting AOL users X Don t rely on your email program s spellchecker have several colleagues proofread your message for spelling and grammatical errors LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 201 Appendix J Twenty Tips for Establishing a Successful Email Marketing Campaign X Don t sell or rent your email lists to other organizations unless you have been given specific permission to do so X Don t expect every campaign to be an immediate home run crafting quality messages takes time and requires feedback The full text of this award winning article Successful Email Marketing Practices can be viewed and downloaded at http www lsoft com resources wp email marketing pdf LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 202 Index A AOL alternative text for HTML messages 196 using conditional content using LISTSERV Maestro with Auto Repeat Jobs delivery failures o onononinoninnncnicncnnonnrnnocon cnn ran ran nncnncino 82 reaction to a system shutdown see 83 re authorizing delivery scheduling delivery eee viewing in the delivered jobs list 90 with Dynamic Content eee 81 with Dynamic Recipient sese 81 working with delivery failures in the Outbox 88 B Bounced Email Jobs handli amp ES es 72 vi wing detallist
213. et groups and see the Data Administrator s Manual for how to create recipient target groups 4 6 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define Duplicate Elimination button to initiate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns desired Figure 38 Elimination of Duplicate Recipients Screen Elimination of Duplicate Recipients To avoid unnecessary and in most cases unwanted double messages to the same recipient use this page to remove duplicates from your recipient data Duplicate Elimination Options C Do not remove duplicates C Remove duplicates with the same e mail address Use my list of columns to determine duplicates Recipient Sample F NAME L NAME EMAIL ADDRESS MODEL NUM PET zoe Zimmerman zoedmaestro demo Isoft com 9595 dog Yvette Yosel yvette maestro demo lsoft com 8787 cat Xavier Xero Xavier maestro demo lsoft com 5454 bird Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred maestro demo soft com 9595 none Vanna VonSchedule Vanna maestro dema lsoft com 8787 cat Ursula Underhill Ursula maestro dema lsoft com 5454 none Toby Tuttle Toby maestro demo lsoft com 5454 dog Seth Simpson Seth maestro demo soft com 9595 none Ron Remmington Ron maestro demo lsoft com 9595 none Quod Quartermaster Quod
214. fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be calculated individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that recipient If the formula contains merge fields the result will be calculated for each recipient and may differ from recipient to recipient Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on existing recipient data to determine a birth date a subscription date a bank balance and much more Formulas must follow a set of rules that are detailed in Appendix G Calculation Formulas LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 174 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins A scenario is described below that uses conditional blocks and calculation formulas to send customized messages to each recipient in a customer database It is beyond the scope of this document to give all the possible ways formulas can be used to calculate personalized content The scenario described below uses a merge field value a number that is used in subtraction formulas with constant numbers to calculate the replacement values Scenario 1 A supermarket chain has a customer card bonus point system where customers are awarded points for every purchase After collecting a certain number of points customers can use their points to trade for bonus items The bonus items with the highest values require more points The recipient data has a column CURRENT P
215. fine Message Screen Define Message Copy Content Define the Subject and the Body of the message Select the job to copy the content from Copy Message from Another Job Existing Job Select v Drop In content is enabled for this job with tags and Change Copy Content to current Job Subject Monthly Newsletter Body OPlain Text HTML with Alternatives V Text Format HTML Preview HTML Code Text Preview Text Attachments Conditional content is enabled for this job Change Your Monthly Newsletter from Widget Company Dear amp NAME Thank you for your continued interest in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2003 You will be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peak visit www widgets com To place an advance order point your browser to whww order widgets now com Recall Update We wanted to remind all our customers who purchased the Executive Writer model number amp MODEL NUM that the recall is still in effect To recieve your new product please ship the old product to ffaddress We will send you a new Executive Writer immediately New Contact Address We have relocated to a larger facility to better serve our customers If you would like to contact the Widget Company please send correspondance to ES Upload HTML Download HTML Language Mail will be sent with language char
216. for instructions on how to proceed From any Event Distribution report or Sum of Events report click the Download Report icon This will open the Download Report Result screen Next click the download link located under the time zone drop down menu The Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import screen opens Click on the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link to download the add in file Figure 105 Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import Screen Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import This page allows you to download an Excel Add In to import and visualize downloaded tracking data Note This Add In is designed for Excel 2000 and later versions Earlier versions of Microsoft Excel are not supported Download the Excel Add In ImportTrackerStatistics xla Features e Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file Let Excel create a new workbook with the data from a previously downloaded tracking data file and generate a chart from the imported values e Convert the current worksheet Let Excel create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet How to install e Select Add Ins from the Tools menu to open the Add Ins dialog Click on the Browse button and select your copy of ImportTrackerStatistics xla e After you have closed the Add Ins dialog a new toolbar with one icon to start the import dialog will appear 9 10 7 2 Installing
217. fy your own locale See Time and Date Patterns for details To specify the time as relative to a different time zone include a time zone value in the date time text Return Type Number LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 189 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Arguments datetext Text type The date time text string to parse Must contain the desired date time in a textual format which can be parsed by applying the given format pattern formatpattern Text type specifies the format pattern to use to parse the datetext See Date and Time Patterns for details The following arguments are optional Either you supply no further argument at all Or you supply only the following argument localename Text type A name of a predefined locale See Date and Time Patterns for a list of available locale names If specified any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Or you supply both the following two arguments langcode Text type A lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale See for example http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for a list of the ISO 639 language codes countrycode Text type An uppercase two letter ISO 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale See for example http userpage chemie fu berlin de
218. g mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks Figure 35 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt TE Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email x Name Column Select v optional Name Header Definij Email vane ee a Zoe zimmermare ope erver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email option is select
219. g the separator character and the quote character LISTSERV Maestro will select the encoding used to create the text file If the original data file was created with a specific character set such as Greek characters the file encoding will have to be changed to match that character set Use the drop down menu to select the encoding for the file if it is different from the default For more information on encoding see Appendix B Email and International Character Sets After separator and quote characters have been entered and any encoding change made click Refresh Preview to have LISTSERV Maestro attempt to parse the file again with the new settings The new columns will then be displayed If the columns are now separated correctly proceed If the columns are not correct repeat the process and click Refresh Preview to see the new changes 4 5 3 2 Header Row Headers are special rows in tables Headers are used to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns An uploaded text file may contain headers or not If the file does not contain headers select the No the file does not contain a header row option and the system will automatically add a header row Each column of data in the header row will be given a generic name using the pattern COL1 COL2 COL3 and so on If the uploaded file does have a header row select the Yes the first row in the file containers headers option and the headers wit
220. ge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appear as Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD NAME Ifa subscriber has selected 3 different items from the list the number 3 will be dropped in the message body e Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed in quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma with a space after it is the desired separator character in the mail text then the drop in would LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 168 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins appear as Multi hobbies separated by and produce a line suck as surfing poker reading If
221. ge to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists without surfing as a selection will not receive the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message The name of this version of drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi not FIELD NAME OP COMPARE SET TRUE TEXT FALSE TEXI The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note The brackets around the word not are not part of the syntax but they are used to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets or not Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison Replace op with the
222. ges and a tracking component collecting data when a recipient opens an email message or clicks on a URL contained within the message LISTSERV Maestro can e Organize and store recipient data including subscription settings so that is can be used to send out personalized and targeted mailings e Create different types of mailing list Hosted Recipient Lists and Hosted LISTSERV Lists e Produce customizable public web pages that allow people to sign on and off lists and to manage their own profile data e Define a targeted group of recipients based on stored internal recipient data a LISTSERV list an external database a past job responses to a past job or a text file e Define an email message in plain text or HTML and attach files to it e Delegate various tasks related to defining recipients creating the messages and delivering email to other team members e Schedule email messages for a single delivery or recurring deliveries on any date at any time within any time zone e Save messages as well as sender and recipient information for future email jobs e Test email messages before delivery e Define the types of data to track e Track when recipients open a message e Track when recipients click on URLs contained within a message including URLs that are text based image based or contained within image maps e Track when recipients respond to a web form e Produce different types of tracking reports from tracki
223. ges sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the bar length will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 e Unique or Total Events Selects the type of events to include in the report Count only events unique for each recipient Plots only a single event of each type for each recipient Recommended when one of the percentage result calculations has been selected This chart will register O zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Count all events Plots all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking Figure 91 Result Settings Tab for the Sum of Events Option Define Report Define the settings of the report Title Newsletters General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type O Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the chart is calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if only unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for
224. gh the process The wizard is comprised of the following steps e Options Deciding where the recipient data will come from There are seven different options split into two categories that can be selected to define the source for a recipient list Send to a Recipient target group Allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a database Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV list Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Recipients are selected based upon a defined action they performed in a previous job Use Recipients Definition from Job Recipients are copied from a previous job Upload a Recipients Text File A text file uploaded into the system defines recipients Select Recipients from a Database Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV Maestro defined database Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database Recipients are defined by a database that has been configured so that LISTSERV has direct access to it Options are made available by the LISTSERV Maestro administrator Every option is not always available for every account e Source Selecting the source information and or uploading a source file from which the recipient data will be generated e Source Details Interpreting the recipient data source information once it has been selected e Recipient Details Adding or editing header information lab
225. gt Time Period Details Recipient actions will only be considered if they occur in the time period that is specified on this page Start Time Send time of the original job 0405214 May 21 2004 02 45 PM this time is relative to your local time zone The following time A Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out 00 00 is used End Time C Send time of the current job The following time osj27 2004 Format mm dd yyyy hh mm 05 27 2004 Time is optional If left out 23 59 is used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone GMT 00 00 GMT without daylight saving time adjustments Select a Start Time option use the original job s send time or enter in another date and time Select an End Time option use the new job s send time or enter in another date and time Select the time zone that the time values are relative to from the drop down menu This selection is only necessary if the start and end times have been input and are not the original or current jobs times Click Next gt to continue 4 3 4 Recipient Details Once LISTSERV Maestro knows which recipients to select from the previous mailing then the next steps are to define the column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if necessary The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections
226. hat is scheduled at a given interval after the first delivery Once this copy of the job has been delivered another copy will be created and authorized again with a scheduled delivery time that is offset from the previous delivery by the same interval and so on until the defined auto repeat end condition is met Sender and Delivery Options If this option is chosen a delay interval must be supplied between each repeated delivery of a copy of the original job by entering a positive value into the Delay interval between LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 80 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options repeated deliveries field and choosing an appropriate time unit from the selection list Choose between Hours Days Weeks and Months An end condition must be entered to stop the auto repeat sequence Select one of these options Repeat until stopped manually After each delivery a new auto repeat copy will always be created and authorized This can only be stopped manually by selecting the latest copy located in the Outbox awaiting delivery and revoking its delivery authorization Repeat until the following threshold time With this option specify the threshold date and time to stop the auto repeat sequence After each delivery a new auto repeat copy is created and authorized only if its designated delivery time the time of the previous delivery plus the specified interval is not later than the date and time spec
227. he length of each bar shows the number of events Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events plots only a single event of each type for each recipient This report will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking For more information on sum of events reports see Section 10 4 Sum of Events Report LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 93 Section 9 Delivered Jobs Recipient Details The Recipient Details report is only available for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the profile field columns from the recipients definition Select the data from the top frame in the table by clicking the Select link In the lower frame click Select All to choose all the columns or Edit to re order and or remove columns Select the file encoding from the drop down menu The data will then be ready to download in the form of a ZIP archive file Click the Download button to begin downloading the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or other statistical software to create detailed reports F
228. he Job Details screen by clicking on the Define Sender icon in the Workflow diagram or the Edit link in the Sender section of the Summary diagram Enter the sender information by loading a saved sender profile or typing in new information Figure 62 Edit Sender Information Screen Edit Sender Information You can load a saved profile and or enter the sender information manually Load from Profile Select y Supply Sender Information E mail Address Sender Name optional Reply To Address optional Bounce Handling Handle bounced messages automatically C Send bounced messages to Advanced sender information settings are disabled Click to enable DomainKeys Settings These settings define if all delivered messages will be signed and augmented with an additional DomainKey Signature header C No don t sign messages Yes sign messages DomainKeys settings are enabled Click to disable Save as Profile LOK cancel 7 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information It is possible to use merge fields when entering sender information in the Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address text boxes allowing you to create personalized values for each recipient Merge field values are limited to those provided in the recipients definition and must follow the standard format i e the field name proceeded by an ampersand amp and followed by a semi colon It is c
229. he recipients will be retrieved Now Just before sending Once the database plugin has been selected a longer Source screen opens requiring additional information The information is required by LISTSERV Maestro in order to be able to LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 36 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job communicate with the database Different databases require different connection information so the fields that appear on the Source screen will be different depending on the type of database being accessed If there is any question about the information required contact the data administrator or the system administrator This longer version of the Source screen will automatically open skipping the shorter version if the new job is copied from a previous job with the same settings or if the user returns to the Source screen from another link in the Define Recipients wizard The wizard does not have to be completed in order to keep the plugin selected Figure 34 Source Screen for Define Database Connection Define Recipients Options Source Cancel lt Back Next Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin MySQL Driver Database Plugin y Database Name _ Contact your system MySQL User Name ee administrator or data a administrator for help Database Host Name in with these fields TCP
230. he total number of unbounced messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 e Interval Size Defines the size time period for each interval on the chart The number of events that occur within the interval will be plotted on the chart Events can be grouped hourly daily or weekly e Result Accumulation Defines whether values plotted on the chart will display cumulatively from one interval to the next creating an ever increasing line or whether they will display as non cumulative intervals creating a series of peaks and valleys Figure 90 Result Settings Tab for the Event Distribution over Time Option Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Newletter Jobs General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time C Sum of events C Recipient details e Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown on the Y axis of the chart is calculated Total number of events C Percentage of total number of messages sent C Percentage of total number of unbounced mess
231. hin the file will be used System generated headers and headers uploaded from a file can be edited to be more meaningful if they will be used for mail merge and tracking on the Recipients Details screen Editing headers within LISTSERV Maestro will in no way change the original file Click Next to continue 4 5 4 Recipients Details Once LISTSERV Maestro can successfully separate the recipient data into columns or otherwise quantify the data the next steps are to define the column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 4 5 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected columns from the text file can be used in the email message to create personalized content These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email option is selected any additional columns that were uploaded with the file will b
232. ics and Reports LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 96 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Once an email job has been sent and enough time has gone by to assume that most recipients have received the message and have opened it data from selected open up and click through events can be gathered This data can be used to generate reports in two ways The first way is by clicking on the Delivered Jobs icon covered in Section 9 3 Delivered Job Reports The second way is by clicking the Tracking Reports icon Both of these methods are available from the home page or on the left side of most screens e Delivered Jobs Lists all of the email jobs that have been delivered in a tabbed table format The first tab contains a summary table listing details about each job The second tab contains access to predefined reports quick reports for that job available only if tracking is switched on for the job Click on the type of report desired and a temporary report is automatically generated based on the selected settings This temporary report is not automatically saved To save the quick report click on the Create Report icon at the bottom of the report This opens the Define Report screen Click OK to save the report and return to the reports list Click Save amp Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report e Tracking Reports
233. ified here 7 4 3 About Auto Repeat Jobs Auto repeat jobs are made up of a sequence of identical jobs based on the first job created in the series and scheduled to be delivered at regular programmable intervals Various settings control the auto repeat sequence and these sequences can be used in many ways 7 4 3 1 Specifying the Delivery Time The delivery time of auto repeat jobs is defined using the following rules e The first job in the auto repeat sequence will be delivered at the date and time specified in the basic options of the Schedule Delivery screen see Section 7 4 1 Scheduling Information for Normal Jobs e Each subsequent copy of the original job will then be delivered a certain amount of time after the previous delivery which is defined in the Delay interval between repeated deliveries advanced option Here are some examples e f Deliver immediately when authorized is specified and a repeat interval of 12 hours is used for the first job and that job is authorized at 9 15h then the initial job would be delivered at 9 15h the first copy would be delivered at 21 15h the second copy at 9 15h of the next day and so on e f Deliver at 12 00h is specified and a repeat interval of 24 hours is used or for the same effect 1 day then one delivery each day at 12 00h would occur e f Deliver at 10 20h on 11 24 2004 is specified which happens to be a Wednesday and a repeat interval of 2 weeks is used then this would c
234. igure 79 Outbox Job Details eunte e ERE nnde RR te anre Ed nn IR dte dee a umts 88 Figure 74 Delivered JObs ut edet eee E eer Ee en trea a tec n paite reete 90 Figure 75 Delivered Jobs Sumrmary iiti dci 91 Figure 76 Bounce Detalls 5 tie REED pede A A an 92 Figure 77 Delivered Jobs Quick Reports e eene nter einme neni tnter Ene 93 Figure 78 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time eene emnes 96 Figure 79 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Events Count emen 96 Figure 80 Bar Chart Report of the Sum of Unique Events Percentage ssssseseeee eee 96 Figure 81 Tracking Reports rrt pre ei abi 98 Figure 82 The Top Part of the Define Report Screen ooonocccccccoccconononcnonancno nono nonnno nn nn nano cnn rn nn eene enne nennen enne enne 98 Figure 83 Define Report Screen General Settings Tab sssssssseeeen eene enm nennen 99 Figure 84 Define Report Screen Data Sources TaD oononccccinocccnnoccccnononcncnononnnnnonn cc nano nn nr nono nn nan eene nnnm nennen 100 Figure 85 Data Source Type re iii a AE T ose 101 Figure 86 Data Source Job Selection Screen sssssssssssseeses eene enne enne en nennen nenne 101 Figure 87 Data Source Link Selection Screen sssssssssesee eene enne eene nnne nennen 102 Figure 88 Data Source General Properties Screen ssssssssssseee eene eene nnne enne nnne 103
235. in English or to translate all of the Subscriber LUI and HUB pages into another language The languages that are available for the LUI and HUB interfaces are English French German Spanish and Swedish There are 27 languages available in the Subscriber Interface The default language for the Subscriber Interface can be set for the whole site or by group Before you can start using the Translation Tool the following basic requirements must be met e You need to have access to a server with an installation of LISTSERV Maestro e You need to have an installation of the L Soft Resource Translation Tool e You need to have a Translation Tool that matches the LISTSERV Maestro version that you have installed e You need a good understanding of editing HTML code and the meaning of the various HTML tags and how to escape reserved HTML characters The Translation Tool contains several components one for the LISTSERV Maestro Administration Hub one for the LISTSERV User Interface Main Application and one for the LISTSERV User Interface Subscriber Pages The Translation Tool can also be used to import translations from previous versions of LISTSERV Maestro For more information on the Translation Tool see the Interface Customization Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Recipient Data Management Enhancements Introduced in LISTSERV Maestro 2 0 hosted datasets and lists gave you the ability to manage your subscribers data within LISTSERV Maest
236. in the context of the message by clicking any of the preview tabs Text Preview HTML Preview or AOL Preview see Figure 43 Figure 44 Drop In Content Settings Drop In Content Settings Enable or disable the drop in content function for the job To create a new drop in content element or edit an existing one go to User Settings then click on the Drop In Content Elements link If drop in content is enabled define the opening and closing tags that are used to enclose drop in content placeholders so that LISTSERV Maestro can recognize them For example if the opening tag is and the closing tag is you would create a drop in placeholder that looked like this PLACEHOLDER_NAME Disable drop in content for this job Enable drop in content for this job Use the following placeholder tags Opening tag Kt Closing tag 3 OK Cancel The default setting for drop in content tags are double open and closed curly brackets and Y An example of a drop in content placeholder using the default settings would be company address It is possible to change the open and closed tags to other characters but the characters must not appear in the actual name of the drop in content element itself or anywhere else in the text For instance if the name of the drop in were dec header then in the default mode the drop in would appear as dec_header It would not be possible to change the op
237. ine an Email Job Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Creating and sending customized email messages with LISTSERV Maestro is a multi step procedure Some of the steps can be done at any time during the process of defining an email job and other steps are dependent on the completion of previous steps e Anew job is started and assigned a title and a job ID e The message is created and recipients are defined e Tracking is set up if desired e The sender of the message is defined e Testing takes place e The message is scheduled for delivery e Final approval is recorded and when the scheduled time arrives the message is delivered e Delivery and tracking data if requested can then be retrieved as messages are received and opened by recipients 3 1 Starting a Job To begin creating a new email job click the Start New Job icon By default the individual who initiates a new email job becomes the owner of that job A job owner e Automatically has the rights privileges to all the different functions of the job from assigning a job title to final approval for delivering the message e s the only account holder that can change the Job Title and Job ID e Is the only account holder that can designate team members that are allowed to participate in creating the job called Team Collaboration e Is the only account besides the Administrator account that can delete a job The first step to crea
238. ing Event distribution over time chart without accumulation of events 72 54 36 Number of events 18 0 To Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Time intervals The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary lll Open Up Events Sum 60 E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com Sum 12 lll Click Through Events for link advanced order http www Isoft com Sum 14 From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM Click Through Events for link sneak preview text WB inm widgets cam Sumi DP gg Click Through Events for link advanced order text http www order widgets now com IB Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www lsoft com Sum 23 ruta 123 Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent Messages Sum 28 Executed Aug 19 2002 12 40 54 PM No accumulation over time Number of events From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM s Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM Time interval The values for the intervals are not accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary WB Open Up Events Sum 60 E Click Through Events for link logo http www lsoft com Sum 12 W Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoftcom Sum 14 Click Through Events for link sneak preview text E to wwwwidgets com Sumt 240 Ig Slick Through Events for link advanced order text
239. ing definition or sender definition of the job has changed since the delivery authorization was revoked If these four parts remained unchanged the job is interpreted as unchanged Changes on the Delivery Test or Delivery Settings screens are not interpreted as changes to the job Note A job is defined as changed since authorization was revoked if the recipients LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 86 Section 8 The Outbox Section 8 The Outbox The Outbox is a repository of email jobs that have been approved for final delivery but have not reached their targeted delivery date are in the process of being delivered or have encountered a problem during delivery Open the Outbox by clicking on the Outbox icon from the home page or from the side navigation bar Figure 72 Outbox Outbox All jobs that have been authorized for delivery for your account It contains jobs that are authorized and scheduled for future processing are currently being processed Y were processed previously but failed to succeed Click on the Jab ID to see details about the selected job Job Title Mail Type Date Time of Sending State 040901C No seminar reminder HTML Nov 11 2004 01 00 00 AM E 0408138 Back to school sale HTML Sep 15 2004 12 00 00 PM 0407144 Monthly sales meeting HTML Oct 1 2004 01 30 00 4M Q3 040712D Halloween sale HTML Oct 15 2004 12 00 00 PM e 0407114 Monthly HR meeting HTML Sep 1 2004 01 30 00 AM X
240. ing to provide a valid working Internet email address violates the law in certain countries It will also disable the reply functionality of the email hurting the reputation of the sender The user must verify that merged addresses are valid LISTSERV Maestro cannot accomplish this See Section 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks for more information on using merged fields See the online help for examples of using this feature to personalize sender information See Appendix J for more tips on preserving your organization s reputation LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 129 Section 11 User Settings 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements To open the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen click on the Drop In Content Elements link on the User Settings screen From here it is possible to create a new drop in content element or edit an existing one For more information about the nature of drop in content see Section 5 1 Drop In Content or the online help Click the New Drop In Element button to create a new drop in or click on the name of an existing drop in to edit it Figure 115 Manage Drop In Content Elements Manage Drop In Content Elements All defined drop in content elements for your account Click on a drop in element to edit delete it or use the button to create a new element Description Date Time saved New Company Address in HTML Format Aug 14 2002 03 29 03 PM text New
241. ink to delete the data source The Add Data Source button opens the Data Source wizard guiding you through the process of creating a new data source There are five screens that comprise the Data Source wizard Data Source Type Select the type of event to report on Data Source Job Selection Select which job s to generate reporting data with Data Source Link Selection Select which URLs to include in the report data Data Source General Properties Select the color for the data source Data Source Summary Displays a summary of the selections for the newly defined data source The first screen Data Source Type defines the type of event to report on You can select the type of tracking event Open Up or Click Through or you can select one of the three options in the Sent Messages and Bounce Count Statistics sections to be the data source type LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 100 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 85 Data Source Type Screen Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs S senera Cancel 2 Back Next gt Data Source Type Tracking Events Select the event types to include in the data source Open Up Events D Click Through Events C Sent Messages and Bounce Count Statistics Select the type of mail count statistics to include in the data source Total Number of Sent Messages This figure includes all sent messages regardless of whether the m
242. inks link a fast way to select all links for tracking Records each selected link to be tracked and an alias if one has been defined Edit an alias or remove a tracked link by clicking Select Link e Bottom Frame Shows the details of the selected link and allows the user to define whether the link will be tracked or not If the links will be tracked aliases can be defined to help distinguish different links that go to the same URL from one another The buttons in the bottom frame change depending on previous selections LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 62 Section 6 Tracking Figure 55 Click Through Tracking Definition LISTSERV Maestro Tracking Definition Define the links in the message body to be tracked Click on a link in the body of the message in the frame below to display the details about the link in the bottom frame Next use the contrals in the bottom frame to define the tracking details for the selected link Highlight tracked links C Do not highlight tracked links Switch pa HTML nm HTML Page Click OK to save tracking definitions the center frame Cancel Track all Links Tracked links are highlighted in yellow Currently Tracked Links html home http www widgets com home htrn Select Link Main Body Your Monthly Newsletter from Widget Company html sneak http www widgets corn sneak htrn Dear amp FULLNAME Select Link Main Body Thank you for your con
243. international recipients are encoded as ASCII all non ASCII international characters will be replaced with question marks To avoid this problem use the same charset for the message body as was used for the merge data If the recipients information was uploaded as a text file then simply use the same charset for sending as was used during the initial upload And if the recipients information was selected from a database then use the same charset as was used by the database ask the database administrator for this information if it is unclear In summary recipients that are uploaded as a text file or are selected from a database by the Maestro User Interface then merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as To avoid this problem make sure the message body is encoded with the same charset as the recipient list If recipients are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list a hosted LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then the Maestro User Interface will not see the actual recipients or their merge values and cannot do any special charset encoding on them Instead LISTSERV will simply merge the bytes from the recipients source from the LISTSERV list or from the database LISTSERV connects to into the mail text Consequently make sure that the merge values in the original recipients source LISTSERV list or LISTSERV DBMS already ha
244. is called mapping Mapping bit sequences to alphabets has resulted in several different so called character sets short charsets that have been defined and standardized by the international community In the English speaking world probably the most widely used charset is ASCII sometimes also called US ASCII which is a charset that maps 7 bit sequences to the 26 characters from the Latin alphabet Because 7 bits have enough room for 128 characters 0 127 there are more than the 26 Latin characters in the ASCII charset First each character appears twice as upper case and lower case then there are the ten digits 0 9 various punctuation marks like comma dot semi colon colon dash slash backslash exclamation question mark and so forth There are also other characters that can act as control characters that is characters that have special meaning to certain protocols such as and amp Used almost as frequently at least in the western world are the charsets from the ISO 8859 family These charsets map 8 bit sequences to letters digits and characters from various European languages Hebrew and Arabic Since the ISO 8859 charsets use 8 bits they have twice the range as ASCII enough room for 256 characters 0 255 For convenience all ISO 8859 charsets contain the full range of ASCII in their lower 128 characters the bytes 0 127 from any ISO 8859 charset map directly to the corresponding A
245. is downloaded on the Download Report Result screen Any changes made on the Change View Settings for Report screen do not change the actual report definition they are only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab on the Define Report screen and then the changed report saved See Editing a Report for more information For a Sum of Events report the following options can be selected e Result Calculation Defines how the results on chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting bar length for will be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if for a data source 150 events have been counted then the line length for that data source will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced yet For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the bar length for that data source will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 e Unique or Total Events Select whether to coun
246. ist which could include any of the following e Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Classic LISTSERV list where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type of LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 133 Section 11 User Settings 11 2 1 2 Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER 1list unsubscribe html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Hosted Recipient List e Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Classic LISTSERV list where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a ho
247. ization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Address field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message 4 3 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column In the case of a mail merge job the drop down menu may be used to select the Name Column as well this is optional If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients If necessary type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible Figure 21 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Cancel lt Back Next f Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and trac
248. just before the actual mail content and will appear in the order that they are entered on the screen To add an X Header to a mail job enter the name of the header which must include the leading X in to the X Header Name column Enter the text for the header in the X Header Text column Rows where both the name and text are empty are ignored To remove a header click the corresponding Clear Row link Click Add Row to add additional headers 7 1 5 Profiles If the system administrator has granted permission it is possible to save any new sender information as a profile for future use All saved sender profiles are available to all members of a group The only required field is the sender s email address but including the sender name makes the message more personalized Include a reply to address if replies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s email address Click the Save as Profile link once all the information is entered The Save Sender as New Profile screen opens Enter a title for the profile and click OK This saved profile will then be available in the Load from Profile drop down menu Figure 63 Sender Information Edit Sender Information You can load a saved profile and or enter the sender information manually Load from Profile Select vi Supply Sender Information E mail Address Sender Name optional Reply To Address optional Bounce H
249. king Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL z To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Wanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 23 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 3 4 3 Header Definition Headers are special rows in tables Headers are used to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns The header definition used from the previous job becomes the header of the current job If a text file or a database was used to define recipients and additional recipient data was used for mail merging and tracking it is possible to edit the existing headers Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file or the original job However editing does all
250. king the lt Back button Click Finish to save the Data Source Definition and return to the Define Report screen Figure 89 Data Source Summary Screen Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary Cancel lt Back Finish Data Source Summary You have specified the following data source properties General Name Click Through Logo Color Event Types The data source will report Click Through events Jobs Date Time of Sending NEWS 0208094 October Widget Company Newsletter Aug 15 2002 12 12 00 PM NEWS 0208084 Widget Company September Newsletter Aug 9 2002 11 12 21 AM 0208054 Widget Company August Newsletter Aug 5 2002 11 51 19 AM Links advanced order http www Isoft com sneak peak http www Isoft comn LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 103 User s Manual Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Tip It is possible to combine data from different jobs into one report from this screen Different jobs can be combined into one data source or they can each have their own data sources depending on what the report is set up to compare To combine data sources from different jobs check the boxes for the desired jobs listed under the Job ID column The data from each selected job is aggregated and produces one line or bar on the graph For example to produce a report that shows the total number of click through events for three jobs firs
251. l have to be collected from the other mailbox and processed accordingly Select either Handle bounced messages automatically or Send bounced messages to If Send bounced messages is selected then enter the address where you want the bounced messages to be sent 7 1 3 DomainKeys Settings LISTSERV Maestro allows you to use DomainKeys signatures to authenticate that the messages sent for a specific email job do indeed originate from the domain in the From address Major ISPs already check every incoming mail to see if it is signed with a valid DomainKeys signature Once DomainKeys has become an accepted standard for message origin verification the current policy of only informing the recipient about the DomainKeys verification result in an additional header entry may change and an ISP may opt to not even deliver the message to the recipient or to mark it as coming from an unsure origin Therefore in order to achieve good deliverability signing messages with a valid DomainKeys signature will become more important in the future If the administrator has enabled users or groups to have the ability to change the default DomainKeys signature settings then the settings in the DomainKeys Settings section will be active and you will be able to set the DomainKeys signature setting for each individual job If you want the email messages for this particular job to contain a DomainKey signature then select the Yes sign messages option If you do
252. la is a sequence of expressions that are combined with operators into more complex expressions Expressions can optionally be nested with parenthesis and make use of a few pre defined functions Examples for formulas are 15 4 27 Max 17 4 24 8 19 22 amp NAME lsoft com ToNum amp AGE 2004 10 ToDate CurrentTimeMillis MM dd yyyy HH mm The following sub sections explain all aspects of formulas in detail Expressions Operands can be of the type number or of the type text They can appear in different shapes which are described in the following sub sections For number type expressions the number can be any integer number in the range 9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 Floating point numbers are not possible in LISTSERV Maestro formulas The text can be any character string for text type expressions Constant Number Expressions Restriction None Constant number expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant number expressions are as the name implies always of the type number Usage To include a constant number in a formula simply type the number using only the digits o 9 do not use as a thousands separator or as a decimal point Negative numbers must have a leading minus sign Examples 1 0 537 17 007 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 177 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Constant Text
253. le without a live Internet connection and if the image server is down They will make the message larger but they will not in most cases be stripped from the message by a firewall Consider the use of images linked or embedded carefully to avoid complications for the recipients Any invalid links will be counted as errors and will be reported in the Load Results dialog box If Yes is clicked then LISTSERV Maestro will continue uploading the HTML file even if it contains link errors The error report is only a warning to remind the user that there are currently LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 48 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job problems but the upload is not suspended The reason that uploads are not halted when the HTML contains errors is that the linked files simply may not be available yet Sometimes referenced web sites are under development or are being updated as the email message is being created Once the linked site is complete the message will be valid and can be sent out Tip Make clicking each link for linked files a part of the testing procedure and don t approve the test until all of the links are working correctly For more information on testing an email job see Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job Table 2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files Advantages Disadvantages Linked Smaller message size Recipients must have a live Internet connection
254. list is generated by a reaction from a previous job the Source Details screen opens so that a time frame can be set to define the reactions of the previous recipients in relation to a time period Recipient reactions will only be considered for the new job if they fall within the time period set on this screen By default LISTSERV Maestro uses the send time of the original job as the start time and the send time of the current job as the end time By changing one or both of these default settings it is possible to narrow the number of recipients of the current job because they will have had a limited amount of time to react Tip Use the Time Period Details screen as a means of measuring the reaction to a time based offer in an email message For example a message could contain a link to a discount coupon with an expiration date By setting the time period to the range of time LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 21 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job that the coupon is valid it would be possible to collect tracking data on those who clicked on the link within the timeframe so that a follow up could be sent It would also be possible to send a follow up message to those who did not click within the timeframe with another offer or extension Figure 20 Source Details for Reaction to a Previous Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next
255. load Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is i possible to download report data in a zipped text file Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From A here it is possible to change how the results are displayed on the report Extra reporting options are available here that are not available on the main quick report definition page Create Report Edit Report This icon is called Create Report only if the report is a quick report In that case the Define Report screen opens with a new report that is pre filled with the settings from the quick report From here it is possible to save the quick report as a normal report by clicking the OK button or by clicking the Save amp Execute button which will display the report again as well as save it as a normal report For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report as a regular report so this icon is disabled grayed out If an existing report from the reports list is executed by clicking its title or by clicking the Save amp Execute button this icon is called Edit Report The Define Report screen opens but a new report is not created Instead the existing report is opened the same way it is opened from the report list when the Edit link next to the report title is clicked a a LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 95 Section 9 Delivered Jobs For more information on creati
256. ly clicked without using aliases For example a message may have both an image link and a textual link both of which link to a company homepage When looking at the tracking data the company might like to know if more people click on the image link or on the text link To get this information mark both links for tracking and give them different aliases LISTSERV Maestro will then be able to report which of the links was clicked when reviewing the tracking data Other examples include finding out if links at the top of a message are clicked more often than those at the bottom or if animated images motivated more people to click on a link when compared with smaller more conservative images When aliases are used to group links with different target URLs together larger comparisons can be made For example all image links in LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 64 Section 6 Tracking a message can be given the one alias and all text links in a message can be given another if the purpose of tracking is to determine whether people click on image links or text links more often 6 4 Type of Tracking LISTSERV Maestro supports four different levels of tracking information about email recipients Set the tracking type on the Tracking Type screen of the Tracking Definition wizard Each type of tracking will yield different data sets based on the recipient list and any database information available to the system However not all types of
257. matically but it is possible to create a link LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 47 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job without quotation marks that will be read in Internet Explorer this browser is very forgiving of HTML coding errors If in doubt or if there is trouble selecting a tracking definition for a seemingly good link double check the HTML coding of the links An example of correct coding appears below lt a href http www lsoft com Link text goes here lt a gt Omitting the quotation marks would result in incompatible coding for LISTSERV Maestro tracking have the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine MS JVM or Sun Microsystem s The Java Virtual Machine JVM installed This ensures that any accompanying image files for backgrounds banners icons diagrams and pictures will be automatically uploaded with the source code Most Windows systems manufactured before 2003 already have MS JVM installed If a system does not download The Java Virtual Machine from http java sun com getjava index html Important In order to upload HTML files into LISTSERV Maestro it is necessary to 1 Click Upload HTML from the Define Message screen 2 The first time a file is uploaded after the Java Virtual Machine is installed a Security Warning screen will appear asking for permission to use the L Soft applet to upload HTML If Always trust content from L Soft Germany GmbH is checked then
258. may want to refresh or get new versions of the translation files without restarting This is now possible with the simple click of a button For more information see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Creating a Test Bed Backup In certain situations i e testing an upgrade beta testing or training it may be useful to make a copy of all the data in a given LISTSERV Maestro installation and transfer it into a second test bed installation without affecting the production installation For more information see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xvi What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 DomainKeys Signing LISTSERV Maestro now allows you to use DomainKeys signatures to authenticate that the message sent for a specific email job does indeed originate from the domain in the From address Major ISPs already check every incoming mail to see if it is signed with a valid DomainKeys signature Once DomainKeys has become an accepted standard for message origin verification the current policy of only informing the recipient about the DomainKeys verification result in an additional header entry may change and an ISP may opt to not even deliver the message to the recipient or to mark it as coming from an unsure origin Therefore in order to achieve good deliverability signing messages with a valid DomainKeys signature will become more important in the future
259. me data source there are jobs where recipients have a different profile structure then these jobs will have their own group s inside of the data source In the lower frame the currently selected job group is displayed with the color and name of the data source the job group belongs to as well as a list of all jobs in the group The Available Columns section displays all columns that make up the structure of the profile of the recipients in the selected job group In addition a special purpose column called COUNT is included The Selected Columns section displays the columns that have been selected for download You can manipulate this list by clicking on the Select AII link which will turn all available columns into selected columns You can also click the Edit link to select only those columns you want to download as well as the order in which they appear in the file From the File Encoding drop down menu select the encoding to be used for the text file inside of the ZIP archive file Next click the Download button to start the download Figure 102 Recipients Details Report Report Tracking data for listing Download Report Result Report of type Details of Recipients that Triggered Events During the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file choose from the list below for which job s from which data source you want to download the profiles and define the column grouping and ordering you w
260. ml This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type e Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Classic LISTSERV list type where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Include the login URL system drop in in email messages so that recipients can Tip control their own subscription settings easily and without having to find or remember a long URL Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list unsubscribe html LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 167 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following e Reci
261. mpany com 9595 Buffalo NY 4 5 4 3 Header Definition When the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected it becomes possible to edit the headers of the file Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file However editing does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen remember to specify the Email Column and the Name Column using the drop down menus 4 5 5 Summary The Summary page of the Define Recipients wizard shows a summary of the recipient list selections for the job LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list data file checking for errors in the email addresses that would prevent the email from being delivered From this screen itis possible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the scre
262. mulation Defines if values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Accumulate interval values Changing the settings above only affect the resulting diagram produced when you click the Execute button To permanently change the report click on the Edit Report icon below Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM Click the Execute button to change the View Report screen the appearance of the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 10 3 4 Editing a Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 111 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 10 3 5 Creating a Report from a Template If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of that quick report Type in a title for the report and then click OK to save the quick report as a regular report Alternatively click Save amp Execute to execute the repo
263. n delivered to the recipients supplied Total number of delivery test messages sent 1 Please wait until you have received the test messages Depending on the Internet connection and the e mail systems involved this may take a short while Review test messages to verify they are acceptable O NO The delivery test results are not acceptable YES The delivery test results are acceptable Verify Later View and verify the result of the delivery test at a later time If you want to view and verify the delivery test results later select the Verify Later option and click OK If this option is selected the job can not yet be approved for delivery The next time the Delivery Test icon or link is clicked from the Job Details screen the user will be returned to the Delivery Test screen To approve the pending test click the Go directly to the validation age without another delivery test link under the Advanced Options section to return to the Validation screen of the test that was saved for later verification Click the Yes option and then click OK to proceed Tips It is useful to have a good understanding of the actual recipient data when putting together a test If the message contains merged fields then study those fields in the fip actual data what are the shortest and longest instances of those fields Are those fields ever empty Next make sure to send tests that have values of the shortest and longest lengths and em
264. n month value indicates the ordinal number of the ordinal is 1 as it is for the first Tuesday Wednesday and so on For the second Monday in a month the ordinal is 2 and so on Presentation Description Pattern letters are usually repeated as their number determines the exact presentation e Text For formatting if the number of pattern letters is four or more the full form is used otherwise a short or abbreviated form is used if available For parsing both forms are accepted independent of the number of pattern letters e Number For formatting the number of pattern letters is the minimum number of digits and shorter numbers are zero padded to this amount For parsing the number of pattern letters is ignored unless it is needed to separate two adjacent fields e Year For formatting if the number of pattern letters is two the year is truncated to 2 digits otherwise it is interpreted as a Number see above LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 193 Appendix G Calculation Formulas For parsing if the number of pattern letters is more than two the year is interpreted literally regardless of the number of digits So using the pattern MM dd y yyy the text 01 11 12 parses to Jan 11 12 AD For parsing with the abbreviated year pattern y or yy LISTSERV Maestro must interpret the abbreviated year relative to some century It does this by adjusting dates to be within 80 years before a
265. n opens a page with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Unavailable icons will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test reports quick reports and regular report pages Table 4 Test Report Icons th View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data in a zipped text file i Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed and downloaded Edit Report Create Report For delivered jobs opens the Define Report screen ad For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report therefore this icon is disabled grayed out For more information on Quick Reports see Section 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports For more information on creating and editing reports see Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 7 4 Scheduling Delivery of a Job LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to send out an approved email job immediately on approval or schedule a job for future sending Jobs can be scheduled to be delivered once or to repeat automatically over programmed intervals Scheduling the delivery of a message can take place at any time during the creation of the email job however final delivery is still subject to d
266. nal Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent Messages Sum 100 Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM Events distribution over time chart with the percentage of the total number of messages sent and no accumulation of events Report Tracking data for listing 17196 12896 85 42 0 From Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 h n To Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM ime intervals The values for the intervals are not accumulated from interval to interval The values are shown as percentage of sent messages Event Data Sources Summary W Open Up Events 214 E Click Through Events for link logo http www Isoft com 42 Wi Click Through Events for link advanced order http www lsoft com Sum 50 Percentage of the total number of mesages sent Click Through Events for link sneak preview text um WB pesi ww idgets com Sum gg Click Through Events for link advanced order text memet http www order widgets now com Ili Click Through Events for link sneak peek http www Isoft com Sum 82 Additional Data Sources Summary Bl number of Sent Messages Sum 10095 Executed Sep 27 2002 09 03 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 109 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 10 3 2 Downloadi
267. native text message must be enclosed within quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 5 1 Drop in Content and 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks Table 9 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags Big lt big gt Body lt body gt Bold lt b gt Break lt br gt Center lt center gt Font lt font gt Headers 1 3 lt h1 gt lt h2 gt lt h3 gt Hyperlink lt a gt Italics lt i gt Paragraph lt p gt Small lt small gt Strong lt strong gt Superscript lt sup gt Subscript lt sub gt Underline lt u gt LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 197 Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL AOL and Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive that data can be used to send the preferred format to each recipient all within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is that it s possible to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choices as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable conditi
268. nd 20 years after the current time For example using the pattern MM dd yy on Jan 1 1997 the text 01 11 12 would be interpreted as Jan 11 2012 while the text 05 04 64 would be interpreted as May 4 1964 During parsing only strings consisting of exactly two digits will be parsed into the default century Any other numeric string such as a one digit string a three or more digit string or a two digit string that is not all digits for example 1 is interpreted literally Therefore 01 02 3 or 01 02 003 are parsed using the same pattern as Jan 2 3 AD Likewise 01 02 3 is parsed as Jan 2 4 BC e Month If the number of pattern letters is one or two the month is interpreted as Number if it is 3 or more it is interpreted as Text Therefore if the month is interpreted as Number or Text the applicable Number Text interpretation rules apply see above For example 1 letter will be a Number that is not padded 2 letters will be a Number that is padded 3 letters will be a Text using the abbreviated form and 4 or more letters will be a Text using the long form e General time zone For formatting the time zone is handled as Text if it has a name If not it is given as a GMT offset value in the format GMT HH MV where HE is the hours between 0 and 23 one or two digits may be zero padded to the left and Mm is the minutes between 00 and 59 always two digits zero padded to
269. ng Event Distribution Report Data It is possible to download the data from an event distribution report by clicking the Download Report icon Data downloaded will be in the form of a zipped text file Select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data Figure 96 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data Report Tracking data for listing Download Report Result Report of type Event Distribution over the Time Period To download the report result in form of a zipped text file select the time zone to be used to format the result and click the download button below use my local time zone z Download You can also download an Excel 2000 Add In to import the downloaded text file into Excel Executed Sep 27 2002 09 18 44 PM A Including events from Aug 15 2002 05 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 11 56 00 PM at E E Tip Click the download link to download an Excel Add In to import the data into Excel See Section 10 7 Using the Excel Add In for more information 10 3 3 Change Result Settings The Change View Setting for Report screen allows the user to change specific options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View Report screen and change the data that is downloaded on the Download Report Result screen Any changes made on the Change Result Settings screen do not change the actual report definition they are
270. ng and editing reports see Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 78 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time rt Tracking data for listing Report Tracking data for listing 72 48 54 Number of events Number of events No accumulation over time o 2002 12 20 gt 5 2002 06 56 00 PI From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM To Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM From Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM To Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM _Time intervals we not accumulated from interval to interval Time intervals The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval The values for the inte Event Data Sources any Event Data Sources Summary B Open Up Events Sum 60 Open Up Events Sum so m o E Click Through Events for link logo htrp mww Isofe com Sum 12 Click Theough Events for link logo http www Isoft com sum 12 Bl Click Through Events advanced order http www Isoft com Sum 14 Ch nts for link advanced order http www Jsoft com Suen 14 y Slick Through Events for link sneak preview text 9n 345 Im Cick through Events for 1 ak preview text eri Mapu wrn ridus comm http www widgets com endow gl Click Through Events for link advanced order text Sun 6 Click Through Events for link advanced order text mia http ler Em MIRUNMINAMAC AM QUAM BA HAM B ci ok Mipfewelsoiteen Sum 23
271. ng data e Download tracking data and import into Microsoft Excel e Produce bounce reports tabulating the number and type of bounce 1 1 System Requirements LISTSERV Maestro needs to be installed on a server and configured by a system administrator However LISTSERV Maestro does not have to reside on the same server as LISTSERV The administrator will set up user accounts assign initial passwords for all individuals who need access to the program and create account groups if collaboration is desired Groups are optional and accounts do not need to be part of a group to use the program Groups are required for collaboration among accounts LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro Depending on the operating system of the client used for the access the following browsers are supported when accessing the Maestro User Interface e Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or later Windows only e Apple Safari 2 0 Build 412 or later Mac OS X only e Mozilla 1 0 0 or later Windows Linux or Mac OS X e and any other browser on Windows Linux or Mac OS X which is based on a compatible Mozilla version such as e Firefox 1 0 or later e Netscape 7 0 or later Note Some special issues apply when using Netscape or Mozilla on a Linux client See Appendix for more information The client does not necessarily need to have the same operating system as the LISTSERV Maestro server For example
272. nnnn rra enn nennen rn 85 Section B The QU DOX ioini A 87 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures ec ee cence cence eeenaeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeeaeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeseneeeeseaas 88 Section 9 Delivered JODS c2iicccccects aiiin 90 9 1 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs List sssssssee eene eene 90 9 2 Delivered Jobs SuttmaLry 5 a At fe Dado ete edens 91 9 2 1 View Bounce Detalls 1 rope a ios 91 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports iis tsini e e Le Po EE OE Ree t edge et ded iain eese tee diat tee iig 93 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Table of Contents Section 10 Tracking Statistics and REPOrts cccscceseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeneeeesseeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeaseasaeeesaseesaseeeaseaenseeeaseaenes 97 10 1 Tracking Reports iiU eit too ete iad pente cite ains Do in 97 JUS ECTT CEDE 99 10 1 2 Adding a Data Source iecit d pete nuo Soe Dette d ii 99 10 1 3 Result Settings is 2 iet b moe ad lid 104 10 2 Execultirig Reports sinit 1 3 tim Here ede beth pde Pret e n a 107 10 3 Event Distribution FReport 2 oi tein tette ere teen iaa 108 10 3 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports siisii iii ii i i ea nenne nennen nennen nennen 108 10 3 2 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data ssssssseeeeene nennen nene 1
273. not followed by a semicolon The syntax for a basic LISTSERV Maestro conditional block looks like this ollo Condition to be evaluated text to be included when the condition is met eb LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 161 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks The ELSE command is used to execute the code in the block if the condition is false Instead of not including any text if the condition is false a different text can be included For example if you wanted to add the recipient s name to the salutation of a message so the greeting starts with Dear fullname but not all of the recipient records have a name entered in the fullname field then the use of a conditional block can ensure a salutation for all messages Those recipients that have a name in the fullname field condition is true would receive a message with their name inserted and those that do not have a name in the field condition is false can have a generic greeting inserted into the message instead Such a conditional block might look like this bb amp fullname Begin block directive Ampersand and column name represents the recipient data to perform the operation on Operator characters that represent the operation performed on the data In this case the conditional expression checks that the value in the fullname column is not equal to an empty string or is not blank pou E The text to b
274. ns 5 4 Adding Attachments Any type of file can be included as an attachment to an email message There is no limit to the number of files that can be attached to a message but there may be a limit to the size of each attachment set by the system administrator Large attachments or numerous attachments can slow down the delivery of the message and use up bandwidth Recipients with slower connections may have a negative reaction to the message if they have to download large or numerous attachments Consider using a link to the information instead of an attachment That way processing time is faster less bandwidth is used and the link can be tracked LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 50 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job To attach a file to a message click the Attachments tab on the Define Message screen Click Add Attachment to browse for a file from a local drive When content from one job is copied to another job attachments are copied as part of the message content Figure 47 Define Message Attachments Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message Copy Message from Another Job Drop In content is enabled for this job with tags and Change Subject Body O Plain Text O HTML Plain Text Preview Plain Text Attachments tech tip addendum doc 45 568 Bytes delete download stats jpg 44 889 Bytes delete download Add Attachment To delete
275. ns appear Re Open Job Close Job and Retry Sending Click Re Open Job to move the job back from the Outbox into the list of undelivered jobs where it can once again be edited Click Close Job to move the job from the Outbox to the list of delivered jobs It will then appear in this LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 87 Section 8 The Outbox list as any other delivered job except that its status will be failed instead of successful Click Retry Sending to immediately restart the sending of the failed job the job stays in the Outbox and goes back to the authorized and immediately into the being processed state Figure 73 Outbox Job Details Outbox Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Click on the Detail Links for more information about the related property Revoke Send Authorization Job SE Job ID NEWS 05 1025A Job Title Widget Company September Newsletter State Authorized for Delivery Recipients View Recipient List Type Recipient target group Target Group Taylor Description Those with Taylor lineage Content View Subject Newsletter Mail Type HTML Alternatives Text Format List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Tracking is OFF Sender View E mail Address manager widgets com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically Domainkeys Signing Yes messages a
276. o is then able to access that database to select the recipients Datasets A collection of data organized into fields and pertaining to recipients The fields making up a dataset can have different types of properties that determine the kind of data within them such as text numbers menu selections dates and so on The data administrator designs the datasets within a recipient warehouse defining each field and the type of data it holds The recipient dataset also contains mailing lists created by the data administrator that use the recipient data for job definition The data is shared across all mailing lists that are created within the dataset Individual lists within the dataset are allowed to have additional fields of data that pertain just to those lists DBMS Stands for Data Base Management System A complex set of programs that control the organization storage and retrieval of data for many users Data is organized into fields records and files A database management system must also control the security of the database Examples of Database management systems are Oracle Sybase and Datacom A DBMS provides the possibilities for users to connect LISTSERV to a database back end and hence send out personalized messages to customers according to demographic information and preference Delimiter The character or symbol that is used to separate one item from another In text files that are imported into databases commas are often u
277. o the example below http host domain path param value If there are several parameters in one URL then the individual parameters are separated by ampersand characters http host domain path paraml valuel param2 value2 URL parameters have many uses and when it comes to mailings they come in two general types e Constant URL parameters Parameters that are the same for all URL visitors A typical use of a constant parameter is to select a certain page or part of a page The following imaginary URL would tell the server to show the electronics page and the 15 item on that page http host domain path page electronics amp item 15 e Individual URL parameters Parameters that are different for each individual visitor A typical use of an individual parameter is to tell the server about the identity of the visitor The following imaginary URL would tell the server that the user with the ID usr15 is visiting the page The URL also contains a constant parameter that tells the server that it is supposed to show the home page http host domain path visitorID usrl15 amp page home Different visitors would have different values of the visitorIbD parameter For example the following URL would tell the server that this time the visitor has the ID usr217 http host domain path visitorID usr217 amp page home LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to track URLs with or without
278. ob Figure 16 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List Define Recipients Options Source Source Details 2 Summary lt Back Next gt Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that shall receive the mail Specify a conditional expression that shall be evaluated by LISTSERV and check list subscription options Condition Conditions are explained in detail in the LISTSERV Developer s Guide Options v MAIL Deliver this message to normally subscribed users v DIGEST Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a digest v INDEX Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a topics index NOMAIL Deliver this message to subscribers who currently receive no mail Once you are finished making you selection click Next gt to continue 4 2 4 Recipient Details There are no Recipient Details for LISTSERV Lists 4 2 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the LISTSERV List details and Recipient Details for the recipients of the job Figure 17 Summary for LISTSERV Lists Define Recipients Options Source Source Details 2 Deta Summary rs Cancel lt Back Finish Summary Summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for the job LISTSERY List Details List Name INSECT LAND Contribution Type Send e mail as s
279. ococococococaocoocoo coc co oco O DoODODOcOoOOoO00000000000 20600002 gt It is now possible to use all the regular Excel features to edit and adjust both the graph and the data table LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 125 User s Manual Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Select the Convert the current worksheet option on the main add in menu to create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet 10 7 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In If there is an existing ImportTrackerStatistics xla file from an earlier version of LISTSERV Maestro installed on the local machine it may not work with downloaded report data from the newest version of LISTSERV Maestro The old add in file must be removed from Excel and a new one must be installed Follow the steps below to remove an old ImportTrackerStatistics xla file from Excel and install the latest version 1 Open Excel If there is an existing version of the add in then an icon with little feet will appear in a toolbar 2 Click Tools gt Add Ins gt Uncheck the Importtrackerstatisticsa add in from the list and then click OK Click View gt Toolbars gt Uncheck Tracker Statistics the little feet icon should disappear m Click View gt Customize gt Toolbars tab gt select the Tracker Statistics listing from the menu do not check the box Click Delete 5 Close Excel 6 Login
280. oe VGitock lt a ZZZZ 12 o clock PM Pacific Daylight Time K mm a z 0 08 PM PDT yyyyy MMMMM dd GGG hh mm aaa 02001 July 04 AD 12 08 PM EEE d MMM yyyy HH mm ss Z Wed 4 Jul 2001 12 08 56 0700 yyMMddHHmms sZ 010704120856 0700 Predefined Locales When specifying a locale to be used for date time formatting in ToDate or for parsing in ToMillis you can either specify the specific ISO codes of the desired country and language see the description of ToDate and ToMillis or you can simply specify one of the following predefined locale names which stands as a shortcut for the given language and country combination Locale Name Language Country CANADA English en Canada CA CANADA FRENCH French r Canada CA CHINA Chinese zh China CN FRANCE French r France FR GERMANY German de Germany DE ITALY Italian it Italy 1T JAPAN Japanese jp Japan JP LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 195 Appendix G Calculation Formulas KOREA Korean ko Korea KR SPAIN Spanish es Spain ES SWEDEN Swedish sv Sweden SE TAIWAN Chinese zh Taiwan TW UK English en Great Britain GB US English en USA US LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 196 User s Manual Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL Appendix H LISTSERV Maestro and AOL Recipients
281. on the preferences indicated in the recipient data These values and preferences are taken from columns that are present in the recipient data LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 52 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job 5 6 1 Merge Fields To merge a field into the message simply enter the field name or header name used in the recipient definition and precede it with an ampersand amp and follow it with a semi colon If the recipients data is derived from a traditional LISTSERV list not connected to a database then the only merge substitution fields available are amp TO for the email address and amp NAME for the name For a list of available merge fields click the Show Merge Fields and Drop ins link at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code the AOL Code or the Text tab of the Define Message screen Copy and paste the name of the merged field into the message to ensure the correct name and formatting Figure 49 Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins Available Merge Fields and Drop Ins This list contains all available merge fields and drop ins for the selected job To use one of these fields in your mail content please select the value copy it and paste it into your mail Please use the Available drop ins Refresh link to update the list if you address have selected another new_address job or the opening and phone closing tags of the drop
282. onal content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Message screen when HTML content with alternatives is selected The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select the Enable conditional content option Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks for more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to include at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Figure 134 Conditional Content Settings for AOL Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job The current content definition contains HTML with AOL format and plain text alternatives Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipients that meet the following condition semail_type h e Send content in AOL format only to recipients that do not meet the condition above
283. onal Sum Wizard Euro Currency Tools ak Importtrackerstatistics Internet Assistant VBA T Lookup Wizard MS Query Add in Importtrackerstatistics Files of type add ins xla xll LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 123 User s Manual Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports A new toolbar icon that looks like two footprints will appear in the Excel toolbar This icon will start the LISTSERV Maestro data import Figure 108 New Excel Tool Bar Button El Microsoft Excel Book1 G9 Ele Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help OSHA SRY SBR Oo Br AN MD Arial 3j 10 7 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In Download the data to be imported into Excel The data is downloaded in a compressed ZIP file Open the ZIP file There are at least two files contained inside a readme txt file another file named for the type of data downloaded and optionally the additionalStatistics txt file Extract the txt files and save them on a local drive The readme txt file will contain a summary of the report type and other information The additionalStatistics txt file contains any additional statistics i e the number of emails sent or the number of bounces that were requested in the report The main data file named for the type of data downloaded i e distributionReport txt or uniqueSumReport txt contains the data that will be imported into Excel Start Excel
284. onent Any recipients file residing on a server must be added to a list of permissible files in the HUB This list of permissible files is controlled by the system administrator and is necessary to maintain server security If the file is not on this list an error message will be displayed on the Source screen If the file is not available at the moment of sending the job will fail Click Next gt to continue Tip The Load recipients just before sending from a server file option is especially Tip useful if the text file is created automatically by an external process such as extracting from a different data source LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 27 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 25 Define Recipients from an Uploaded File Define Recipients Options C S e S Cancel Source Information about the recipients source file Recipients File Define recipients now Upload a recipients file C Loadreapents just before sending from a server file File Name File Encoding e Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro Upload a File Select the text file containing the recipients Click Upload to replace the current recipients file with the new file Click Cancel to keep the currently saved recipients file File Name D L Soft maestro mail_job_files test list csv cA Encoding
285. only describes the success or failure of the act of transferring the job to LISTSERV If LISTSERV fails to deliver the job no messages will be sent but the job will still be in the successful state inside of LISTSERV Maestro For example if a job is sent to a LISTSERV list with the Standard list submit option and using a sender address that is not authorized to post to the list then the job will be successful but LISTSERV sends an error message to the non authorized email address and no messages to recipients are actually delivered 2 Note A job might be processed successfully but still fail to be delivered The processing for example because recipients report that they never got the message then the system administrator should check the LISTSERV logs to find out what happened to the job fip Tip If a user suspects that a job that is shown as successful was actually never sent LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 90 Section 9 Delivered Jobs 9 2 Delivered Jobs Summary The Summary tab of the Delivered Jobs Details screen displays information about the delivered job Click on the View link adjacent to a section to see more information on that particular section Two additional links are available here Update bounce count and View bounce details See Section 9 2 1 View Bounce Details for more information Click Delete Job to delete the job permanently Click Team Collaboration to change the team collabora
286. or more information on Recipient Details reports see Section 10 2 3 Recipients Details Report Event Details The Event Details report is available for personal unique anonymous and blind tracking jobs This report displays a table that lists the report type lists the time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data Click the download link to download the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or third party statistical analysis software to create detailed reports For more information on event details reports see Section 10 2 4 Event Details Report 2 Next select the source data for the report type There are five choices depending on the type of message and the tracking selected for the job Open Up events This option charts all the open up events for a job It is only available for HTML messages Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked Open Up and Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all the open up events into one variable and all the click through events into a second variable charted on the report This only available for HTM
287. or security or mail system policy reasons like Delivery not authorized For more information on RFCs see Appendix D Email Related RFCs Use the check box adjacent to each bar to select it for download Use the drop down menu to download only those email addresses that bounced or the email addresses with the delivery failure information included Figure 76 Bounce Details Bounce Details Bounce Details for Job SAM 030422B Sample All bounces 2 039 100 Unknown delivery errors 233 11 4 n Address related errors 1 213 59 595 O Recipient mailbox related errors 578 28 3 Check individual boxes to select the data O to download or use the Check Uncheck All Mail system related elu link to select or unselect all data 15 0 7 Check Uncheck All To download the list of bounced addresses check the error group s you are interested in see checkboxes at the right of the chart and click the download button below Download only the e mail addresses Select the information to download Bounces count not yet updated Update Bounce Count LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 92 Section 9 Delivered Jobs 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports Click on the Reports tab to generate a quick report on the current job as long as tracking has been switched on for the job in question Quick reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the
288. or symbols make up the statement and appear in a table below Operators are not case sensitive However strictly equal to and not strictly equal to are available when case must be respected String literals within a statement must be enclosed within quotation marks if they contain spaces Boolean operators AND and OR may be used within the statement If used the sub expressions must be enclosed within parentheses For example for this conditional block to be true both expressions must be met the recipient must be in New York State and in New York City to see the text about winning sunglasses o WO residences oir New Wowk NY bb amp state NY and amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses Tp For the next conditional block to be true only one of the expressions must be met the recipient is either in New York State or in New York City Recipients in Albany NY New York NY and New York CA will see the text about winning sunglasses For residences of any New York bb amp state NY or amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses eb LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 163 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Table 8 Conditional Operators Il is equal to case insensitive ll ll is strictly equal to case sensitive gt is greater than lt
289. or the end of the line The value of the field is the text with this start and end excluding the separator character end of the file it is important to manually define the separator and quote character instead of allowing LISTSERV Maestro to attempt to parse the file automatically By manually defining the separator and quote characters LISTSERV Maestro is forced to look at the entire file and parse it according to the values entered for these characters If LISTSERV Maestro attempts to parse the file automatically when only some but not all fields are quoted then those fields may be parsed incorrectly or may be rejected as invalid Note If only some fields in a file are quoted especially if those fields appear near the Here are some examples Simple values separated by comma not quoted John Doe Chicago USA Lucy Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 156 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files This will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago USA Lucy Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Simple values separated by comma not quoted with empty fields John Chicago USA Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt This will be parsed as follows John Chicago USA Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Values of which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt g
290. order http www lsoft com sneak peak http www soft com Unselect Once you are finished click Next gt to continue The Data Source General Properties screen defines the name of the data source and the color it will appear as in the graph or data table as in the case of Recipients Details and Event Details reports Enter a name for the data source in the text box Pick a name that will be descriptive of the data source when it is viewed in the report The name of the data source will be the only way beside color to identify what the source is in the report Select the color of the line bar or table for the item that is tracked For most reports it is usually best to select a different color for every different data source for the report but it is not necessary LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 102 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 88 Data Source General Properties Screen Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Data Source General Properties Data Source Name click Through Logo Color En Select a different color by clicking on any of the color patches below Once you are finished click Next gt to continue The last screen is a summary of the selections made on the previous screens Changes can be made to the data source definition by clic
291. orrectly or an unconventional delimiter and or quote character has been used click on the Specify details manually link to configure the data manually Use the Specify details manually link when the delimiter separator character or the quote character is used in some of the data fields For example if the NAME field contained Tom the cool cat Jones as an entry and double quotes was the quote character for the file the details would have to be specified manually The same would be true if a field named LOCATION contained the entry Atlanta GA where the comma was the separator character LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 29 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 27 Define Recipients for Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Cancel Parse Recipients The uploaded source file needs to be interpreted correctly before being usable as a recipients list The preview below shows the result of the parsing performed using the settings specified on this page Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character Specify how the columns in the file are separated Columns are separated by Comma Specify if and how the columns in the file are additionally enclosed Columns are not enclosed by a quote character C Columns are enclosed by other zl Specify the language
292. other unique identifier in the data works well for this purpose Click Next gt to continue Figure 58 Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition not racking Details Typ Type Retats umman a y Cancel lt Back Next I Tracking Type Details Personal Tracking with reciplents from a target group Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient 10 The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list 10 Column PECIPIENT_ID RECIPIENT_ID F_NAME L_NAME ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY iz Zoe Zimmerman icknel Terrace Apt 5A Baltimore MO 21205 T 445 ny 10012 Ra 10020 456 Lansing MI 40906 32 Albany NY 12208 Rockville MO 20847 Lane Buffalo NY 14201 90 Treadway Road New Haven CT 6703 00104 Quod Quartermaster 3501 Nicholson Terrace Ferbanks AK 99702 711 Rondbmaestro demo ls uod maestro demo Isoft com 2 This version is for personal tracking when recipients are defined from a database selected by LISTSERV by a LISTSERV list with the Special list message option selected or by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message and mail merge options selected Figure 59 Personal Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off X Tracking Details Type Type Details a Cancel lt Back Next y Tracking Type Details Personal Tracking with recipient list from a LISTSERY database Select the column from the recipi
293. oughly From here it is possible to use the lt Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes Click Finish to save the recipients definition and return to the Workflow diagram Figure 42 Summary for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source Sour De Recipients Details Summary rs Cancel lt Back Finish Summary Summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for the job LISTSERY SQL Select Details Database Server lt default gt SQL Statement select from mae_recipients executed by LISTSERV E mail Column EMAIL_ADDRESS Name Column F_NAME Additional Mail Merge Columns MODEL_NUM MODEL_NAME LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 44 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job The next phase of creating a new email job is defining the message of the email to be sent to the recipient list LISTSERV Maestro will copy content from a previously defined email job or original content can be uploaded or entered as plain text as HTML or a combination Special Drop In Content elements in the form of text links files or a database can be added to the message It is possible to include attachments to messages as well as select the language character set used to encode the message Figure 43 De
294. ow see Figure 41 In order to function correctly the names of the columns entered here must be the exact names used in the database LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 43 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 41 Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source Recipients Details Summary O Cancel lt Back Next gt LM Recipients Details Specify the names of the recipient identification and additional merge columns Recipient Identification Columns Supply the names of the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column email address Name Column F name optional Additional Merge Columns The e mail column will be available as a merge field with the name TO the name column if any as a merge field with the name defined above Enter the names of the additional columns that will be used for mail merging one per row Merge Columns model num model name optional 4 7 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the Define Recipients wizard The sample recipient list will not show for a LISTSERV selected database because LISTSERV Maestro has no direct connection to the database and cannot obtain that information Any problems with the query statement or the column names will not be detectable until a delivery test is run so be sure and test thor
295. ow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message therefore it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information Figure 22 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary C Cancel lt Back Next gt LM Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email si Name Column ct v optional z ho Header Defini eader Definij Email D ris M a z State Zoe Zimmerma cewserver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com
296. p Events the jobs 020295 listing Use the arrow keys to move columns from Available to Selected for download Available Columns Selected Columns NAME Change the order of COUNTE the columns using Move Up and Move Down Move Up Move Down OK Cancel E ted Aug 16 2002 09 54 10 AM a Including fate from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM lal Click OK when you are done or Cancel to discard your changes If you clicked OK then the Download Report Result screen will reopen Choose the file encoding for the download from the drop down menu Click the Download button to begin downloading the data 10 5 2 Editing a Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report Screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details 10 5 3 Creating a Report from a Template If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of that quick report Type in a title for LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 119 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports the report and then click Save amp Execut
297. p Ins As described in Section 11 2 1 System drop ins are special drop in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro System drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message are well as use other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced System drop ins are replaced after normal drop ins so they can be nested within normal drop in content elements This appendix is written using extensive examples to illustrate how and why system drop ins can be used to create personalized message content for mail subscribers using hosted recipient data Login URL The login URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list login ht
298. parameters for each recipient into email messages If these URLs are marked for tracking then LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all of them As a result if a URL that contains a merged parameter is selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will count all clicks of all recipients on this URL and each recipient will be directed to the actual URL using his or her own individual parameter LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 56 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job For example the imaginary URL below is selected for tracking http host domain path visitorID amp I1D amp page home In the email messages that are sent out the URL is replaced by a special tracking URL that points to the server running the Maestro Tracker component This allows LISTSERV Maestro to count each click on the URL and then redirect to the actual target URL The user with the ID usr15 would have the URL in the mail that looks something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp visitorID usrl5 amp page home Each user that clicks on this tracking URL will be counted and will be redirected to the actual target URL using the URL parameters for that user For example the server at host domain will receive the correct visitorID usr15 and page home parameters for other recipients the visitorID would have different values 5 7 1 URL encoding of Parameters URL paramet
299. pien f 5 Summar T Cancel lt Back Next gt dee Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 6 2 Source LISTSERV Maestro has the ability to communicate directly with a database over a network This is achieved by using database plugins Database plugins are available from L Soft and should be installed by the system administrator To make a connection to a database select the appropriate plugin for the database from the drop down list provided on the Source screen If there is any uncertainty about the plugin selection contact the system administrator the database administrator or see the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Manual Figure 33 Source for Select Database Plugin Define Recipients Options Source lt Back Next gt Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin Select y SQL Statement MySQL Driver Database Plugin Oracle 8i Thin Driver Database Plugin Add a SELECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement T
300. pients now and Load recipients just before sending from a server file Define recipients now creates a static list of recipients at the moment of definition that will not change unless re defined Load recipients just before sending from a server file is a just in time recipient definition which means that the text file will be reloaded just before sending allowing changes to be made to the file between recipients definition and sending and those changes will be reflected in the actual list of recipients used for the mailing By selecting the Define recipients now option the Upload a recipients file link is enabled Click this link to upload a text file from a local drive Browse for the file on a local drive and select the encoding for the file if necessary For more information on encoding see Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Once a file had been uploaded information about that file will appear on the screen The link to upload a file will change to Upload a different file after one file has been successfully uploaded to the system Selecting the Load recipients just before sending from a server file option requires the full path and name of the file that contains the recipients to be entered in the text box provided The recipients from this file will be uploaded into LISTSERV Maestro just before the message is sent The file must be on a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro specifically the LUI comp
301. pients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type e Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Classic LISTSERV list type where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro e Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Tip Include the unsubscribe URL system drop in in email messages so that recipients can easily leave your mailing list Multiple Selection Fields Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields that have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways e Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD NAME count Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the mer
302. ple A bank or credit union could employ dynamic recipient lists for sending a generic Your account balance is negative warning message on the first of each month to only those recipients who have a negative account balance on that day To set up such an auto repeat job create a job with static content telling the recipients that their account balance is negative possibly using the balance value as a merge field pulled from the customer database Use a recipient definition that is just in time and that selects exactly those recipients from the database where the account balance is negative Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the first day of the next month with a repeat interval of one month After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the set hour of the first of each month to only the recipients with a negative account balance 7 4 3 4 Dynamic Content Example A weather report service could employ dynamic content to automatically mail the daily weather forecast to all subscribers on their list To set up this type of auto repeat job create a job with content that uses a drop in that pulls the text of the daily forecast from a suitable source for example from a web server Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the next day with a repeat interval of one day Before setting the hour of delivery check to make sure that the source of the weather for
303. pty fields if appropriate to make sure that the message layout looks correct in all cases It is sometimes necessary to change the layout or use conditional blocks to accommodate special cases If using conditional blocks make sure that the test cases exercise every possible condition being especially cautious about the formatting when working with HTML messages Send test messages to email accounts running different email clients A message that looks fine in one client may look messy or unreadable in another The recommended method for testing mailings that have the recipients defined from a LISTSERV list and are being sent a standard list message is to create a clone of that list within LISTSERV such as TEST listname Make sure that the entire list configuration is LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 75 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options exactly duplicated including customized templates especially the top and bottom banners if these are defined Subscribe only the test recipients to the test list On the Delivery Test screen enter the full address of the test list as the sole test address It is important to test every facet of an email job including bounce settings To test bounce settings send a test message to an undefined address Look at the bounce report if LISTSERV is handling bounces and download the address to make sure it corresponds to the one used in testing If bounces are being sent to another address go
304. que and blind tracking jobs Next select the source data for the report type Each data source will create a line or bar on the chart There are up to five choices depending on the type of message Plain Text or HTML as well as the tracking events defined in the message Open Up events This option charts all the open up events for a job It is only available for HTML messages Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report For example if three links were being tracked in a message they would appear as one line or bar on the chart Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked For example if three links were being tracked in a message each of the three links would appear as a separate line or bar on the chart Open Up and Click Through events all links bundled This option puts all the open up events into one variable and all the click through events into a second variable charted on the report It is only available for HTML messages Open Up and Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for the open up and each of the click through events It is only available for HTML messages Other data sources can be added to the chart by selecting any or all of the Additional Statistics option buttons These additional dat
305. r if applicable The format that is used to create the representation is specified with the given format argument Note For formatting purposes LISTSERV Maestro uses the U S locale and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running by default Locale text like weekday names names of months etc will be formatted using the U S locale Similarly times will be formatted using the server s time zone To specify a different locale use the optional parameter 1ocalename to choose a predefined locale or the optional parameters langcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Time and Date Patterns for details Return Type Usually Text However may be Number if the result can be expressed as a number LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 187 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Arguments datevalue Type Number The date time value to format Must contain the desired date time represented as milliseconds since Jan 1 1970 00 00 00 GMT for example from the output of the functions CurrentMillis SubscribeTimeMillis and ToMillis formatpattern Type Text Specifies the format pattern to use to convert the milliseconds value in datevalue into the formatted representation The following arguments are optional Either you supply no further argument at all Or you supply only the following argument localename Text type
306. r more information about lookup tables see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Shared Subscriber Management and Reporting Team Collaboration is now available for all datasets allowing the data administrator to designate certain rights to other team members These rights include the ability to add remove or modify subscribers plus the ability to browse through subscriber data for purposes of downloading data for reports etc For more information on how to designate these rights to specific team members see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 In addition data administrators can now define default Team Collaboration settings for all new datasets For more information see Section 11 4 Setting User Preferences LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual XV What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Tracking Enhancements Several enhancements have been made to improve your ability to track the behavior of the recipients of your email jobs Tracking Restrictions The administrator can now control what tracking types each user or group is able to define while tracking a LISTSERV Maestro email job For more information on setting up tracking restrictions see the Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Tracking Links in Drop Ins If drop ins are enabled in the content of a message and if the content contains at least one user defined drop in not a system drop in then you now have th
307. r the job become available For example it is not possible to define tracking data for a job until the message and the recipients are defined Once all the components of the email job are defined they can be edited in any order from this screen or the Summary diagram If an earlier step is edited the later steps must be revisited For example if the recipient list is changed under Define Recipients the Delivery Test step will have to be redone The job owner can delete the current job from this screen by clicking the Delete Job button The job owner can change the Job Title Job ID and Team Collaboration by clicking the Change Job Info button Icons on the Workflow diagram change appearance to signal the status of the step they represent Icons that are not clickable represent steps that cannot be started until earlier steps are completed Icons may also not be clickable for an individual even though the step is available because the account holder does not have permission to execute that particular step of the job Permission to execute certain steps in an email job is granted by the job owner or by the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator when the user s account was set up For more information on team LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job collaboration see Section 3 5 Team Collaboration For more information on individual user account privileges see the LISTSERV Maest
308. ral Preferences Select the date time and number format for the user interface from the drop down menus Figure 122 General Preferences General Preferences On this page you can set your general user interface preferences Date Format Specifiy the format that wi Specifiy the format that wi Time Format Specifiy the format that wi Specifiy the format that wi Number Format Specifiy the format that wi be used for display mon Day Year be used for input fields mm dd vyyy y be used for display am pm i separator be used for input fields hh mm be used for display Number format of your Locale 1 234 567 89 OK Cancel Number format of your Locale 1 234 567 89 1 234 567 89 1 234 567 89 1 234 567 89 e Display Preferences This is used for some of the pages that have tabs to switch between active screens From each drop down menu select the tab that will be at the front active when the page is initially opened Figure 123 Display Preferences Display Preferences On this page you can set your individual display preferences Resume Job Page Default displayed tabs Edit HTML Content Page View HTML Content Page HTML Workflow Workflow Cancel e Job Definition Set the preferences for defining a new job including the default Job ID Prefix and the default Team Collaboration settings
309. rd sese 137 creating drop in content elements 130 explaining ede ftatu ero ERR 127 managing drop in content elements 130 managing sender profiles see 127 setting preferences 138 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 205 User s Manual W Refreshing the Subscriber Page Translations Resource Translation Tool esss shared reportitig indiana What s New i shared subcriber management eee xv administrative sese c subscriber options xiv automatic bounce processing eeeeenee XV system support AV Creating a Test Bed Backup sss xvi tracking links in drop ins ssseeeeen xvi Customization wizard for the Subscriber interface xiii tracking restrictions esessssseseeeereeeeen xvi DomainKeys Signing eee ii Workflow Diagram flexible dataset administration setting as default 139 INTO OCHO iiser eere e tee ge LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 206 This page intentionally left blank
310. re signed for DomainKeys DKIM gt Tip Use Retry Sending if the reason for the failure was a temporary one for example the LISTSERV server being down so that the job can be delivered once the temporary reason is gone will fail during delivery It will be rejected by LISTSERV The job will remain in the Outbox in the failed state The reason for the failure a message about the detected virus will be visible when clicking on the job to view the job details From there the job can either be re opened to change the content to get rid of the virus and sent again or closed and remain in the list of delivered jobs as a failed job 8 1 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A normal job that fails remains in the Outbox and is marked as failed From there the job can be closed transferring it to the list of delivered jobs Alternatively delivery can be retried or the job can be re opened for editing A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual but it is automatically closed and transferred to the list of delivered jobs just as if it had Important If a job contains a virus and virus protection is enabled in LISTSERV then it LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 88 Section 8 The Outbox been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not ye
311. reen Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute OK Cancel Title Below the buttons is a tabbed table Click on the tabs to toggle between the sections e General Settings Defines the time period of the report including time zone and team collaboration settings e Data Sources Opens the Data Source wizard a series of screens that leads the user through the process of creating new data sources Each data source represents a single variable in the report a line or bar For more information see Section 10 1 2 Adding a Data Source e Result Settings Defines the type of report and how the data from the job is displayed LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 98 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 10 1 1 General Settings The General Settings tab lets you define report period and edit the team collaboration settings Figure 83 Define Report Screen General Settings Tab General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Report Period Automatic Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events C Defined Period From To Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out full days are used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone Team Collaboration Edit and Execute sample Only Execute Delete this Report The Report Period section is use
312. reports See Section 6 3 2 About Link Aliases for more information LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 60 Section 6 Tracking Use the Define Tracking URLs button to select links for tracking and to assign aliases Once links are registered another shortcut Remove All will appear Clicking this link will un register all links from tracking See Section 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs for more information Figure 53 Standard Tracking Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details T Type Deta mmary Tracking Details Standard Tracking Y Drop In Tracking yY Open Up Tracking O Yes enable open up tracking for this job Click Through Tracking The following URLs from the mail body are currently registered for tracking No Links registered for tracking Define Tracking URLs Track All Links If drop ins are enabled in the content of the message and if the content contains at least one user defined drop in not a system drop in then the Drop In Tracking tab will be displayed letting you track any trackable links that may appear in the content of the drop ins Figure 54 Drop In Tracking Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type I Details Summary m Tracking Details Standard Tracking Y Drop In Tracking Y Drop In Tracking The message content contains drop ins Please define how any trackable links that may appear in the content of these drop ins shall be tracked
313. ress and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL y To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly WilfredOserver company com 9595 New York NY Wanna VonSchedule VYanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Address field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message For jobs that are sent as mail merge jobs an additional drop down menu is available to sel
314. ritically important that the sender and reply to addresses resolve into authentic Internet email addresses when the merge fields have been replaced with corresponding data Failing to provide a valid working email address violates the law in certain countries It will also disable the reply functionality of the email hurting the reputation of the sender The user must verify that merged addresses are valid LISTSERV Maestro cannot accomplish this See Appendix J for more tips on preserving your organization s reputation LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 71 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options See Section 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks for more information on using merged fields See the online help for examples of using this feature to personalize sender information 7 1 2 Bounce Handling Bounced email email that is not accepted by the receiving mail server can be handled automatically by LISTSERV or sent to another address supplied by the sender If LISTSERV handles bounces bounce details can be downloaded on the Job Summary screen Bounces can also be retrieved from a file called NOLIST jobname changelog located in LISTSERV s main directory If bounced mail is being sent to another address and not processed by LISTSERV make sure that the address is a valid email address Be aware that bounced mail not handled by LISTERV will not be available for reporting purposes or for easy download It wil
315. ro Now with version 2 1 several new and powerful data management features have been implemented These new features include automatic bounce processing flexible dataset administration and shared subscriber management and reporting LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual xiv What s New LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Automatic Bounce Processing Automatic bounce processing has always been available for Hosted LISTSERV Lists HLLs Now with version 2 1 LISTSERV Maestro has added the ability for you to define bounce processing settings for Hosted Recipient Lists HRLs in all of your datasets For more information on defining automatic bounce processing see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 Flexible Dataset Administration In LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 numerous enhancements have been made to make dataset administration easier to perform These enhancements include e The ability to make modifications to a live dataset such as adding changing or removing data fields Once you have existing datasets in the Recipient Warehouse their settings can be fully edited until there are lists or members added to them After lists or members become part of a dataset only limited editing capabilities are available For more information see the Data Administrator s Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 2 1 e The ability to designate optional fields as hidden or read only so that subscribers cannot change them
316. ro Administrator s Manual Figure 4 Workflow Diagram on Job Details Screen Job Details w This means thatthe step has been successfully completed Change Job Info Delete Job This means thatthe step is waiting to be completed x This means thatthe step cannot yet be completed Workflow Summary Test Reports To complete a job you need to execute the steps below Some steps are dependent on other steps and must be completed in sequence y y n fo s JJ Define x ef o Define Recipients Sender ver Delivery x st o Settings 3 4 Using the Summary Diagram The Summary diagram has all of the same functionality as the Workflow diagram but the information is presented in a different manner The Summary diagram is most helpful in reviewing and editing aspects of an email job once they have been defined It is possible to delete the current job and to authorize the delivery of a job from the Summary diagram Individual account holders may set a personal preference in the User Settings that will open the Summary diagram first when entering the Job Details screen instead of the Workflow diagram Click on the Edit link adjacent to each function to enter or change existing settings If the Edit link is not clickable it will appear grayed out or a lighter color This means that a preceding step has not been successfully completed or the user does not have permission to execute that step LISTSER
317. rom a selection list field named hobbies and a comma is the desired separator character in the mail text then the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by and the text surfing poker reading will be dropped into the message Notes If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession If you want to use both the default and the more optional parameter you must use default first and then more Here are some examples that use all these tools Assume a subscriber which has selected the hobbies Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing and Swimming from a multiple selection listed named HOBBIES The drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will be replaced with Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming in the body of the message Note that there is no space after the comma separator since none was included in the separator string of the directive If the drop in is rewritten as follows note the space after the comma Multi HOBBIES separated by JJ then the replacement text in the message body would look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 169 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins For
318. rop Ins advanced USE iria 166 calculation formulaS ooonocccnnonoccnnnnncnnnnnoss 137 173 176 combining with Conditional Blocks Login URL multiple selection fields Unsubscribe URL user supplied text System Support DOWN RITE requirements RN T Team Collaboration defining the default settings for a dataset 140 setting up for an email job sese 9 What SNE Wie iiti EO REDEEM XV Test Messages delia iia setting the default test line Test Reports MA E 78 O O EEE E EER 76 Time Zones setting default for email jobs sess 139 Tracking creating TepOrtS cepe eo rae 97 defining se defining aliases iio 64 defining URLES isis 62 drop in tracking editing reports email Jobs sericis iesise s 99 setting default user preference ssssss 139 settinig detaillevel 5 i eee 60 setting the type 41 09 setting the type detail level 68 standard tracking 60 O niece eR HI Ee era YR 60 What Sine Wis ics A EAN xvi Tracking Types anonymous blind 2 personals 325i snis b e aee Setting the detail level eese e nenx 68 setting up s puce E U URL Parameters CONSTANE ELE 55 encode ios Lin pend bee eee eere 57 individual eese 55 using in an email message see sese 55 User Settings changing passwo
319. rsonalized web page at amp PERS URL Special offer for people who turn 18 bb amp age 18 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZWeb com bday 1234 amp 18badgrz eb Two randomly selected peopl very day get a free T shirt Note amp index is randomized with every run If we ran the job twice the prize would go to different people bb amp index lt 2 Congratulations You have won a free XYZweb T shirt eb Another 10 randomly selected people get a free baseball cap bb amp index 2 and amp index 12 Make that a free pair of sunglasses in Texas bb amp country USA and amp state TX Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses else Congratulations You have won a fr XYZweb baseball cap eb Elo Special for AOL users ado Gro Metal cont Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly from AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page eb LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 165 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks The resulting message to a person using AOL and turning 18 would read Figure 132 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message Happy birthday To celebrate
320. rt again display it and save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen Edit the settings of this new report by clicking the Edit Report icon again This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 3 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 4 Sum of Events Report The Sum of events option produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the email message For each data source all events of the selected type click through and or open up and for the selected links in the case of click through are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events plots only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking The Sum of all events will give an overall picture of how many events were generated When compared to the Sum of unique events the report gives an idea of how well the overall number of events was distributed over the individual recipients It is
321. s which means the same number of separator characters e Empty columns may be created in the order that the same number of separator characters is present in every line of the file e Having two separator characters in direct succession without any characters in between creates an empty column e lfaline begins with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the line begins with an empty column e If aline ends with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the line ends with an empty column e fthe character that is used as the separator character also appears as part of the value of one or several of the column fields then it is necessary to enclose the fields in quotation marks or another quote character The last rule listed above introduces the concept of quoted values As described it is necessary to quote a value if the value contains the separator because otherwise the separator would be interpreted as the start of another value For LISTSERV Maestro to correctly know how to deal with quoted values it is necessary to tell LISTSERV Maestro if the comma separated file contains any quoted values or not If a file does not contain any quoted values then the additional rules explained below do not apply i e even if one of the usual quote characters quotation marks or the apostrophe would appear anywhere in the file then they would be interpreted by LISTSERV Maestro as just another normal character
322. s often use sub groups within the list to give subscribers the opportunity to receive only the posts to the list that pertain to the topics they are most interested in reading about Sub groups are created in LISTSERV by defining the keyword topics in the list header Lists can have up to 23 topics defined List subscribers can select the topic s they are interested in receiving including the Other topic which includes all messages that are not specifically assigned to a topic Someone sending a message to the list can designate which topic or topics that message covers Alternatively they can request that their message be sent to all subscribers regardless of the subscribers topic selections If no topic designation is made when sending a message to the list that message falls in the Other topic and is sent only to those subscribers who have selected the Other topic LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 16 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job For example a large list could have the general subject of Insects of North America Topics could be defined by type of insect by geographical region or by areas of research For more information on Topics see the LISTSERV List Owner s Manual When topics are defined for the list selected in the Recipients wizard there are three ways to send the message e Send only to subscribers with the following topics The message will be sent to only those list subscribers
323. s well as form submission links The page is divided into four separate frames e Top Frame Contains several general options links and buttons Highlight tracked links Select this option button to highlight tracked links Due to the nature of image maps links selected for tracking within them will not be highlighted Do not highlight tracked links Select this option button to turn highlighting tracked links off Show HTML page Click this link to show the HTML message in the center frame Show alternative text Click this link to show the alternative text of a message in the center frame OK Click this button to save all the tracking selections and return to the Tracking Details screen Cancel Click this button to discard any tracking selections and return to the Tracking Definition wizard e Main Center Frame Displays the body of the email message All trackable links in the message body either text links or image links are clickable When a link is clicked it will appear in the bottom frame If the URL is clicked from the bottom frame a separate browser window will open to that URL This is a good way to check the validity of URLs in the message If the body is composed of plain text or the alternative text of an HTML message then all links enclosed in quotation marks and starting with http or https are clickable e Right Center Frame Contains the Track all L
324. s who performed an action in the follow up message Next select which actions the recipients performed opening up the message and or clicking on specific links Figure 19 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Source Define the desired recipients actions From the recipients that reacted on the job 0202258 recipients exclude all recipients that performed at least one of the actions below y Open Up Action Y The recipient did open the mail Click Through Actions The recipient clicked on one of the following links Iv microsoft http dgl microsoft com Select the include only recipients that performed at least one of the actions below option to include all those recipients who were part of the previous job and did react in the configured way opening up the mail and or clicking on a link contained in the message Select the exclude all recipients that performed at least one of the actions below option to include all those recipients who were part of the previous job and did not react in the configured way Next select Open Up Action and or Click Through Actions The resulting recipients list is based upon including or excluding recipients that performed one of these specific actions in a previous job Click Next gt to continue 4 3 3 Source Details When a recipients
325. se Connected to LISTSERV Maestro with non identifying fields with only identifying fields LISTSERV list Standard list message with Mail Merge Standard list message without Mail Merge Special list message LISTSERV connected database Based on a previous job List Header includes the keyword Mail Merge Yes LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 67 User s Manual Section 6 Tracking 6 5 Type Details If Personal Tracking or Anonymous Tracking is selected the Type Details screen appears For personal tracking the Tracking Type Details screen is used to select a value that is unique for each recipient For anonymous tracking the Tracking Type Details screen is used to separate columns containing identifying information such as a name or telephone number from columns containing anonymous information such as age gender or city There are three versions of the Tracking Type Details screen 1 This version is for personal tracking when the recipients are defined from a text file from a LISTSERV Maestro selected database or a target group based on either one Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient ID using the drop down menu The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list This means that the value can never be repeated for any other recipient and is never empty for any recipient A customer number registration number or
326. sed as delimiters Email Job In LISTSERV Maestro an email job is the creation of a customized list of recipients matched with a customized email message that is scheduled for delivery and then sent out Email Merge Placing variables that are extracted from a database into an email message template This operation permits individual personalization of otherwise bulk email messages Encoding The transformation of data into digital form With text encoding different character sets encode text files differently based on language and other variables If a special character set was used to encode a text file then that same encoding scheme needs to be used to interpret the data correctly LISTSERV Maestro allows for the selection of encoding based upon the original encoding scheme of the uploaded text file For example if special encoding was used to initially create and save the text file e g ISO 7 encoding for a file with Greek characters or a Unicode encoding then the same encoding will have to be selected in LISTSERV Maestro so the system interprets the uploaded data in the same way it was saved Header A special row of data that defines and labels the columns in a database file LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 145 Glossary of Terms Hosted Lists Hosted lists contain data from the dataset They can also have their own data fields that are not shared among lists in the dataset but belong exclusively to the
327. seeeeenenen nennen nennen enr en nennen rre narran tenes nnne nenne 19 Figure 18 Options for Reaction to a Previous Job ssssssssseeeeneeene nennen nennen innere enne nns 20 Figure 19 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job ssssssse eene emen 21 Figure 20 Source Details for Reaction to a Previous JObD oocooonccinnncccnnnoccconocccnnnnonnncnnno cnn nnorn eene nemen 22 Figure 21 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data seeene 23 Figure 22 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data esses 24 Figure 23 Options for Recipients Defined from a Previous Job sssseeeeeeeme emm ene 25 Figure 24 Options for Uploaded Text File icio ccinne eiii ii 26 Figure 25 Define Recipients from an Uploaded File sssseeeeene enn ene nennen enne nns 28 Figure 26 Define Recipients Source Details Parse RecipientS o ooccccnnnicnnnnoccnnnoncccnnnonnnn nono ncnn non n nc nano r emm eene 29 Figure 27 Define Recipients for Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually e 30 Figure 28 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data seene 32 Figure 29 Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data seeeeeeeee 33 Figure 30 Recipient Summary
328. selecting from a database the merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as a different character The character displayed will be from the actual charset that has the same byte value like A from ISO 8859 1 and A from LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 152 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets ISO 8859 7 If there is no corresponding byte value in the charset they may not be displayed at all International Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header The previous section outlined the problems of mixing a mail text in one language with merge values from a different language As an example an English text mail was described with an international recipient list where the recipient names contain characters from many languages with the languages possibly differing between recipients from different countries The recipient s name as a merge value is probably one of the most common uses for merging fields to be able to merge the recipient s name into the text of the message to personalize the mail If this is done the problems described earlier need to be considered However the recipient s name is also often used in the To header field of the mail so that the mail appears to the recipient with the recipients own name visible in the To field which is usually displayed by the email client in some fashion
329. selects from a Database or e Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipient type the formula must not contain any merge field expressions if it does an error message will display during test delivery Type Optional merge field expressions can be of the number or text type depending on their context and content see the explanation of Type Determination for details Usage Optional merge fields are fields that may be undefined empty for at least some recipients in the recipient list Recipients with a blank field would not have the result of the calculation formula displayed in their content An optional merge field expression is written in the following way amp FIELD NAME DEFAULT LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 179 Appendix G Calculation Formulas The whole expression is enclosed in brackets and Between the brackets first type the name of the merge field being addressed enclosed with and Next type the default that will be used for all recipients where the merge field itself is undefined The default that is replaced by DEFAULT as shown above must be a constant number or a constant text literal Examples amp NAME no name amp NAME amp STATE n a amp ACCOUNT BALANCE 0 The second example defin
330. set for West European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 45 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job 5 1 Drop In Content Drop in content is similar to merging fields except that the same content is merged into the email message for all recipients For more information on merging fields see Section 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks Drop ins can be used to create pre defined content parts that can then be inserted into any message For example a drop in content element could be created with a company header and added to all the outgoing email messages simply by including the name of the drop in element in the content For more information about creating drop in content elements see Section 11 2 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements Drop in content must first be enabled before it can be used in a message The Define Message screen will display a green enabled if drop in content can be used A red disabled will appear if drop in content is not available Click on the Change link to toggle between enabled and disabled LISTSERV Maestro recognizes drop in elements if they appear in the message enclosed by specially defined tags The tags surround the name of the drop in content element creating a drop in placeholder This placeholder will be replaced by actual content at the time the message is sent It is possible to see what the drop in will look like with
331. set operator you want to employ for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements lt Subset Checks if the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set Note If two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set gt Superset Checks if the first set is a superset of the second set The first set is a superset of the second set if the first set contains the entire second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set Note If two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 171 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins amp Intersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set al
332. sferred to LISTSERV will generate an error message from LISTSERV that will be displayed in the Maestro User Interface However if there are mistakes in the syntax of the conditional statement that turn up when the conditions are evaluated for each recipient the test messages will not be sent although they will appear to because LISTSERV cannot process the job with incorrect coding No error message will be displayed in the Maestro User Interface Errors of this nature will be reported in the LISTSERV logs and an email message will be sent to the LISTSERV Postmaster If your test messages are not delivered in a reasonable amount of time contact your LISTSERV administrator for assistance diagnosing the problem Presented in Figure 129 is an example of a detailed plain text email message using mail merge and complex conditional blocks Each variable and combination of variables needs to be tested before the job is sent out Some of the resulting test messages for particular combinations are presented in Figures 129 and 131 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 164 Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Figure 131 Plain Text Message with Conditional Blocks Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your pe
333. so appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set Replace COMPARE SET with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks lt gt Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in FIELD NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one H Replace TRUE TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a false match If the quote character lt gt appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field HOBBIES in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this f Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your
334. ss field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message 4 6 4 3 Header Definition Headers are specially defined rows in databases Headers are used by database tables to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns If additional recipient data is selected to be used for mail merging and tracking it is possible to edit the existing headers see Figure 35 Editing the headers does not change the original database table It does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge fip Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 39 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 5 6 1 Merge Fields for more information If the message is being sent as bulk email it is not possible to change the headers see Figure 36 Tip It is also possible to change the header name directly in the SQL statement used to fip retrieve the data by making use of the AS clause of the SQL SELECT statement For example the following SQL statement selecting data from an Excel sprea
335. sted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro 11 2 1 3 Multiple Selection Fields Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields that have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group with the Based on Hosted Recipient List type There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways e Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD_NAME count Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appear as Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD NAME Ifa subscriber has selected 3 different items from the list the number 3
336. stered trademarks of The Open Group in the United State and other countries Digital Alpha AXP AXP Digital UNIX OpenVMS HP and HP UX are trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company in the United States and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Sun Solaris SunOS and PMDF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States and other countries IRIX is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics Inc in the United States and other countries Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks both marked and not marked are the property of their respective owners This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http oss software ibm com icu4j This product includes code licensed from RSA Security Inc Manuals for LISTSERV are available in ASCII text format from LISTSERV and in PDF format from ftp Isoft com They are also available on the World Wide Web at the following URL URL http www Isoft com manuals index html L Soft invites comment on its manuals Please feel free to send your comments by email to MANUALS LSOFT COM Table of Contents Table of Contents Preface
337. stics and Reports The Data Source Link Selection screen is only available if the Click Through Events option was selected on the Type screen This screen defines the URLs to report on To select a URL to generate report data on click on the link in the Available section to highlight it Next click the Select button to place the highlighted link in the Selected section Use the All with same Alias button to select a group of links that share the same alias defined during the Tracking Definition phase of defining a job See Section 6 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs for more information Use the All with same URL button to select a group of links that have the same URL To unselect a link click on it in the Selected section to highlight it Next click the Unselect button to replace it in the Available section To highlight several links at once hold down the SHIFT or CTRL key while clicking Figure 87 Data Source Link Selection Screen Report Data Source Definition Type Jobs Links General Summary ES Cancel lt Back Next gt Data Source Link Selection Select the links to include in reporting data Available advanced order http www order widgets now com html advanced order http www lsoft com html sneak preview http www Isoft com ogo http www Isott com sneak preview hi ttp www widgets com Select All with same Alias All with same URL Selected advanced
338. t Only the first job of an auto repeat sequence is normally shown in the list of delivered jobs This is to avoid making the list overly long filled with many jobs with the same job title but with different Job IDs and delivery times The first job of a sequence is marked by the Sequence icon shown next to the list entry By clicking on the Sequence icon the sequence expands and displays all jobs in that sequence From there select any of these jobs by clicking on its ID To hide the sequence jobs simply click on the Sequence icon again or click on the icon of a different sequence which will expand that other sequence and hide the sequence that was previously expanded Only one sequence can be shown at a time Figure 74 Delivered Jobs Delivered Jobs All previously delivered jobs for your account Jobs that Y were processed successfully Y were processed previously and failed during delivery Click on the Job ID to review the selected job Job Title MailType Date Time of Delivery Denotes a 040901C No seminar reminder HTML Aug 11 2004 01 00 00 AM Y sequence of 040813B Back to school sale HTML Sep 15 2004 12 00 00 PM Y auto repeat jobs 040813 ep 15 00 A Click on the icon 0407144 Monthly sales meeting HTML Oct 2 2004 01 30 00 AM ae to view all 040712D Halloween sale HTML Oct 1 2004 12 00 00 PM Y delivered r jobs in the 0407114 Monthly HR meeting HTML Sep 1 2004 01 30 00 AM x sequence state
339. t Using the style that quotes all values John Doe Chicago Illinois USA Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Or using the style that quotes only the values that have to be quoted The only values that have to be quoted in this example are the two values containing the separator character lt gt John Doe Chicago Illinois USA Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Both will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago Illinois USA Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 157 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files Values of which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt gt with empty fields Using the style that quotes all values John Chicago Illinois USA Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Or using the style that quotes only the values that have to be quoted The only values that have to be quoted in this example are the two values containing the separator character lt gt John Chicago Illinois USA Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Both will be parsed as follows John Chicago Illinois USA Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Values of which some contain a comma and some the quote character sep
340. t and delivery settings a job may be authorized for delivery The job owner always has permission to authorize a job as do any other team members that have been granted permission To authorize an email job delivery click on the Authorize Delivery icon on the Workflow diagram or click the Authorize Delivery button at the top of the Summary diagram The Authorize Delivery screen opens LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 83 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options Figure 69 Authorizing Delivery Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Immediately Authorize Delivery Now Cancel Job Summary Sender E mail Address manager widgets com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Handling lt handled by LISTSERY gt Domainkeys Signing Yes messages are signed for DomainKeys DKIM gt Recipients Recipients Type Recipients target group Details Target Group Taylor Description Those with Taylor lineage Content Subject Newsletter Mail Type Plain Details List of Attachments no attachments Tracking Tracking is OFF The Job Summary section lists all the selections that make up the email job Above the Authorize Delivery Now and Cancel buttons is a message that summarizes the selections made for the delivery If this is an auto repeat job the auto repeat sequence
341. t been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed As a result if at a given delivery time some condition that causes failure exists perhaps outside of LISTSERV Maestro such as the inaccessibility of a database then only this auto repeat instance will fail The next auto repeat instance will be created and authorized normally and will proceed to be delivered at its scheduled delivery time If the condition that caused the first failure still exists at the next interval the delivery of the next copy will fail as well However the copy after that if there is one may have a chance to get through if conditions change and so on LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 89 Section 9 Delivered Jobs Section 9 Delivered Jobs Delivered Jobs contains a list of all the email jobs that have attempted delivery and the present state they are in processed successfully or failed during delivery To view a list of delivered email jobs click on the Delivered Jobs icon The Delivered Jobs screen opens Click on the ID of an individual job to open the Delivered Job Details screen This screen is composed of two tabs Summary and Reports The Summary screen lists details for the selected job The Reports screen contains options and links to generate a Quick Report on the selected job 9 1 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs Lis
342. t ElementS ooonnocccnnnocccononoccnonononononncncnnno cnn non n cn canon nr nennen enne en nennen nnne 130 Figure 116 Edit Drop In Content Element Text ooooccccnnnococononoccnononcncnnnonnncnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nr rare nn rra nennen enne nennen nn 131 Figure 117 Edit Drop In Content Element File oooooocconnnccccnonocanononcnonanoncncnano nono non nee een nennen nennen 131 Figure 118 Edit Drop In Content Element URL sese enenen nennen nnnm nennen nnne 132 Figure 119 Edit Drop In Content Element Database ssssesseseeeeene eene ennemi enne 133 Figure 120 Changing User PassWord noi eie eee tei td duse dico 137 Figure 121 User Preferences certet atte 138 Figure 122 General Preferences cion iei eg nuire Do eoe Te aaa a dee dde neon aa 139 Figure 123 Display Preferences ciel Le Eventa eed ee tenet v pee ta MAR pie Ede needed de pau 139 Figure 124 Report Definition Preferences ooooononccinococicononcnononancnnnonononnno conc nono eene nn rr nana rennen nennen nene nennen 140 Figure 125 Default Dataset Team Collaboration Preferences ssssseseee eene 140 Figure 126 The Recipient WarehoOUse eerie certe cederet Deere iere de iere crac E senes neue cene Ede dene dao deese 141 Figure 127 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Customize Subscriber Pages Permission 141 Figure 128 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Add Remo
343. t all events that are tracked or only unique events triggered by recipients Count only events unique for each recipient For each recipient only one event of each type is counted For example if open up and click through events are being tracked and a recipient opened the message twice and clicked on the same link three times only two events would be counted This method of counting is recommended when one of the percentage result calculations is selected Count all events For each recipient all triggered events are counted Using the example above five events would be counted using the Count all events option LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 114 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 101 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report Report Sum of Events Count Unique Events Change View Settings for Report Report of type Sum Over Number of Events during the Time Period To modify the display of the report and the format of the downloaded results change the settings below and click on the Execute button Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the chart is calculated Total number of events C Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if only unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for each recipient Count all events
344. t groups e They can be fixed pulling recipients in a predefined fashion such as all males or all cat owners above age 40 e They can include parameters giving the account holder the freedom to select a sub set of data such as all customers in a certain country where country is a list of countries that the user can select from e The account holder does not have to know how to query the data the data administrator programs the query that retrieves data from the database freeing the user from this task e They are reusable target groups can be reused on different jobs 4 1 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Send to a Recipient Target Group option and then click Next gt Figure 8 Define Recipients Options Screens for Target Groups Define Recipients Options Source SA Cancel Back Next gt Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job C Use Recipients Definition from Job Select v Define recipients C Upload a Recipients Text File C Select Recipients from a Database C Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database 4 1 2 Source The Source screen for the Send to a Recipient Target Group option contains a list of
345. t select click through events on the Data Source Type screen Next select each of the three jobs from the Data Source Job Selection screen From the Data Source Link Selection screen select all the click through links contained in the job and on the Data Source General Properties screen type in a name for the data source and a color for the line or bar All of the click through events from the three jobs would be added together and produce one line or bar on the graph To combine data from more than one job into a report where each job is represented by a separate line or bar a different data source for each job must be created To do this using the example above first select the type of data to include in the data source from the Data Source Type screen Next select one job from the Data Source Job Selection screen Continue through the Data Source Link Selection and Data Source General Properties screens making the desired selections Engage the Data Source wizard again for the second job in the report Engage the Data Source wizard for a third time to create the third data source in the report The resulting graph would have three separate lines or bars each representing a different job 10 1 3 Result Settings The third tab of the Define Reports screen is Result Settings Select the type of report to generate as well as how the report data will be displayed There are four basic types of report listed under the Result Type section The typ
346. t substring that has been extracted from the given original text string according to the other argument s specified The substring begins with the character in originaltext at the position specified by startindex If no endindex is given the substring extends to the end of the original string If endindex is given the substring extends to the character at position endindex 1 e the character at endindex is the first character that is not part of the substring Note all indices are zero based e the index of the last character in the original string is at the position length of original string minus 1 Return Type Text Arguments originaltext Text type The original text string from which the substring will be extracted startindex Number type The beginning index inclusive zero based The third argument is optional endindex Number type The ending index exclusive zero based Examples Substring original text 5 Substring original text 3 3 amp VALUE LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 186 Appendix G Calculation Formulas ToDate ToDate datevalue formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Returns a formatted representation of a numerical date time value The formatted representation is usually returned as text but may also be returned as a numbe
347. tandard list message added to list archives and list digests no mail merging and bounce reporting possible and only blind tracking is supported Handling of List Topics Send only to subscribers with the following selected topics ANTS The recipients will not see the topics in the received mail Recipient Details Name Column USER_NAME Mail Merge Columns no additional merge columns available gt LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 19 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 4 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job Under the right conditions it is possible to send an email to recipients that reacted in a certain way to a previously delivered email job For example the recipients for an email job can be defined as the recipients who opened an HTML mail or clicked on a certain link or conversely those recipients who did not do either of these In order for this option to be available all of the following conditions must be met by the previous job e Recipients were defined from an uploaded text file or a database selection or a target group based on one of these e Personal tracking was turned on e Tracking data has been received by the system All previous jobs that match these conditions will appear in the drop down menu If no jobs appear in the menu this option is not available Although this option in its present form is not available for jobs based on Hosted Recipi
348. tax once the directives are followed The HTML Preview page will now look incorrect because the directives are interpreted as part of the HTML source code LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 54 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email Job Important Test all possible conditional values in the testing stage see Section 7 2 Delivery Testing for a Job to make sure that the HTML code works correctly in all cases Mail merge substitutions and conditional blocks are explained in more detail in the LISTSERV Developer s Guide 5 7 Using Merged Parameters within URLs URL parameters are specially constructed parts of a web address URL that allow a single URL to initiate various specific operations by passing particular instructions and data to the web server Parameters are text based instructions and data that are passed to a web server which passes them on to a script for example a Java Perl C C or a UNIX shell script The script then executes the corresponding parameter as instructed by the URL and passes the results back to the web server The web server then returns the results to the client In essence parameters can be used to select a certain page or part of a page to display or tell the server which page to display to a specific user or type of user A URL parameter is a pair such as name value that appears after the path part of the URL separated from the path by a question mark similar t
349. tc ao eh me cee ont doe ii xvii System Support Enliancemients 1 ice apt ot xvii Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro eese esee eene nnne nnne nnne nnn tn sinn s nnne nsns nene n nnns 1 1 4 System Requirement 1 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro imiinien A daa aaa 2 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface esee ener nnne nennt 3 Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee enne nnne nnne nennen nennt 5 SE slo 5 3 2 Defining a VN E 6 3 3 Using the Workflow DiagraW ui o chs 7 3 4 Using the Summary Diada ocio ea 8 3 5 Team Collaboration avion A a e ue Ede d ene Boe nee e epe satis 9 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job eeeeeeeseeeeeeee nennen enne enne nenne nnn nennt nnns nnns nins sinn n retra nnn 11 4 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group inerte ettet rere I HERE Fe Hc R HR TERRE e ERR EE HEP n ep RE HERR 11 4 71 11 Optlornis e e RERUM ERE NER EE RENE ER P ERE ERES 12 41 2 QU iuret cate en E DIEI oi p t uU I sta ei docete 12 41 3 Source Details eR etu ud eed udi e et Eris 13 AAA Recipient Details 2 211 ee e eee Ree a 15 4 1 5 S mtmalby ceterae EE E ER EL ERR ee Wea Nn is E RR A DERE ERR URN AERE NR RAE 15 4 2 Sendito an Existing LISTSERV List n rne nee e RARE ERREUR E 15
350. th the value home http host domain path visitorID amp ID page home The second part of the first parameter visitorID amp ID uses the LISTSERV Maestro convention of denoting mail merge fields Its value is not an actual user ID but instead is the name of the merge field ID with the preceding ampersand and the trailing semicolon the format always used in LISTSERV Maestro to mark mail merge fields Although the ampersand usually has the reserved function of separating two parameters like the second ampersand right before the page parameter when it appears to denote the merge field s1D itis acting as a token that will be replaced by the corresponding value of the recipient before the mail is sent out Therefore this string will not be present in the final email that appears to the recipient Instead it will have been replaced by the merge value for that recipient If the URL from above were sent to two recipients where one recipient has an ID merge value of usr15 and the other has a value of usr317 each would receive an email message with different URLs like this http host domain path visitorID usri5 amp page home http host domain path visitorID usr317 amp page home By employing LISTSERV Maestro s mail merging features it is possible to insert URLs that contain constant and individual
351. that are available for use in the Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address fields must come from the merge fields provided by the recipients of the job These fields may be used to personalize the sender information and reply to address The merge field names must be entered in exactly the same format as when they are used as merge fields in the content This format begins with an ampersand amp is followed by the exact name of the field and ends with a semi colon Example 1 If in your recipient data you have a merge field called SENDER ADDRESS that contains the individual sender address to be used for each recipient then you would fill out the Email Address field with the following text SENDER ADDRESS Example 2 If in your recipient data you have a merge field called DEPARTMENT that contains the name of the department the recipient belongs to and you have created management email accounts of the form manager DEPARTMENT company com for your departments where DEPARTMENT stands for the department s name and you want all replies from recipients to go to the manager address of the department the recipient belongs to then you would fill out the Reply To Address field with the following text manager amp DEPARTMENT a company com It is critically important that the sender and reply to addresses resolve into authentic Internet email addresses when the merge fields have been replaced with corresponding data Fail
352. the available target groups Target groups may be placed within categories by the data administrator for organizational purposes Click the Category drop down menu to select a category associated with the target group if appropriate Once the category is selected the target groups listed in the table will only be those in that category LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 12 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job To select a target group to use for the recipients list click on the name of the target group The Source screen will confirm the selection If the selection is correct click the Next gt button To change the target group click the Select Different Target Group link which will re open the first source screen Figure 9 Source Screen for Recipient Target Groups Define Recipients Options Cancel Source lt Back Next gt Source below Category No Category y Information about the currently selected recipients target group Select a target group category then select a target group by clicking on the name in the list Use the drop down Mail Type Pet Type Description Recipients preference of mail type HTML or plain text Appears as a check box If checked HTML mail will be sent If unchecked plain text mail will be sent Uses maestro recipients less table in Oracle customer database Description Selects recipients pet
353. the number of individual queries that need to be written for jobs e The data administrator does not need to be involved with any other parts of email jobs LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 143 Section 12 The Recipient Warehouse e Specific recipient target groups can be removed from use without deleting them They can be reinstated whenever desired e Recipient target groups can be organized into categories for easy recognition For more information on creating recipient target groups see Section 12 1 Creating Recipient Target Groups in the Data Administrators Manual LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 144 Glossary of Terms Glossary of Terms Attachment A file linked to an email message Many programs use MIME encoding to attach files Click Through Event A trackable occurrence available with text and HTML email messages that records each time a URL contained in the message is clicked Column A vertical set of data as in a table or spreadsheet Database A large collection of data organized for rapid search and retrieval and managed by a DBMS Database Plugin Used to connect LISTSERV Maestro to a database and to allow the user to select recipient data from a database table in the Define Recipient wizard The user selects the matching plugin for the database he she wants to access then provides the connection data like host name port user name password etc and LISTSERV Maestr
354. the Security Warning screen will not re appear for future uploads If this option is not checked then it will be necessary to grant permission to use the applet every time HTML files are uploaded in a new browser session Grant permission to install and run HTML Upload Applet for the first time only Check Always trust content from L Soft Germany GmbH to prevent the dialog box from re appearing Click Yes to continue 3 Browse a local drive for the file select the file to upload and then click OK If there are any image files that are linked remotely or embedded from local files then a screen will appear listing each and asking whether to proceed with the upload Click Yes The HTML message will then appear in the HTML box 4 Review the Load Properties and then click Yes to continue 5 Review the Load Results and then click Yes to continue The LISTSERV Maestro applet will also check to ensure internal and external references to linked or embedded image files are valid Linked files are not sent with the message embedded files inline are sent with the message One advantage of using linked files is that the message will be smaller However a live Internet connection is necessary to view linked files If the image server is down they will not be visible In addition some firewalls strip HTML messages that contain links to outside sources thus rendering the image invisible Embedded files on the other hand will be visib
355. the Tracking wizard LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 120 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports If the tracking type is Anonymous this field will contain a 1 based integer number which is an internal identifier of the anonymous profile that matches the recipient who triggered the event This number cannot be used to identify an individual recipient who triggered an event but can be used to determine if two events were triggered by a recipient with the same anonymous profile the same number will be used This number is also used internally in the Recipients Details report to download the profiles that triggered certain events If the tracking type is Unique this field will contain a O based integer number that was given out to the recipient during sending This number cannot be used to identify which recipient triggered which event but it can be used to determine if multiple events were triggered by the same recipient the same number will be used If the tracking type is Blind the field will always contain the default value DEF and cannot be used to find anything out about the recipient e CLIENT_ADDRESS The IP address of the recipient who triggered the event This is only present for personal tracking and will appear as 0 0 0 0 for all other types of tracking e EVENT TYPE Either click for click through or openup for open up will appear depending on the type of event e BODY TYPE For open up e
356. the default time zone for new jobs 139 defining the default tracking option SCUUN Gaiters tata Profiles T ADAP IIO oe eco a UR REDE 127 SAVING crecen eon ec ee UE 73 R Recipient Warehouse SA e reete b ES recipient datasets recipient target groups RepoOttS iit nente creating from a template creating tracking reports defining default user preferences im dowloading the Microsoft Excel Add In 122 downloading Event Distribution report data 110 downloading Events Details report data 120 downloading Recipient Details report data 118 downloading Sum of Events report data 113 editing 2 O 111 115 119 121 editing tracking reports seen Event Details report Event Distribution report OXECUUING aeeie ietis E generating for delivered jobs ssssss installing the Microsoft Excell Add In Recipient Details report removing the Microsoft Excel Add In running a test report s s s Sum of Events report sss 112 using the Microsoft Excell Add In 122 124 what s DeWeese niiin i RFC Documents S Sender defining aa handling bounced messages saving as a profile essen Sender Profiles MIO is 127 SAVING AS lia 73 Summary Diagram System D
357. the left if necessary For example GMT 8 00 GMT 08 00 GMT 12 45 For parsing see Time zone parsing below e RFC 822 time zone For formatting the RFC 882 4 digit time zone format is used HHMM where HH is the hours as two digits between 00 and 23 zero padded to the left if necessary and Mm is the minutes as two digits between 00 and 59 zero padded to the left if necessary For parsing see Time zone parsing below e Time zone parsing For parsing of a time zone it does not matter if the format pattern specifies a General time zone or a RFC 822 time zone In both cases all three types of time zone specifications are accepted Time zone given as Text if given with a name recognized by LISTSERV Maestro Time zone given as GMT offset see General time zone Time zone given as RFC 882 4 digit notation see RFC 822 time zone LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 194 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Examples The following examples show how date and time patterns are interpreted in the default U S locale with the U S Pacific Time time zone The given date and time are 2001 07 04 12 08 56 local time in that time zone Date and Time Pattern Result yyyy MM dd G at HH mm ss z 2001 07 04 AD at 12 08 56 PDT EEE MMM d yy Wed Jul 4 01 h mm a 12 08 PM BL
358. the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb com bday home home htm1 782 3339950 1258814 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZWeb com bday 12348 18badgrz Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly from AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page The resulting message to a person from Texas and randomly selected would read Figure 133 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these credits on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb com bday home home htm1 104 1119951 0252744 Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 166 Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Appendix F Advanced Use of System Dro
359. the sake of the example assume that the above string would be too long for the 800 characters threshold which would be overstepped by Bird Watching The replacement would then be abbreviated with the standard ellipsis token like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing If this is not acceptable a custom ellipsis token can be created Multi HOBBIES separated by more and others The replacement text in the message body would then look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and others To provide even more information the COUNT parameter can be added Multi HOBBIES separated by more and COUNT more The replacement text in the message body would then look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more When a subscriber has not selected any hobbies the system drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will then be replaced with no text at all Leaving a blank spot in the message text To fill something in for subscribers who do not have anything selected a default string can be created as follows Multi HOBBIES separated by default lt no hobby selected gt The replacement text in the message body for only those subscribers with no hobbies selected would then look like this lt no hobby selected gt These examples can be combined to cover those subscribers who have a
360. the scheduled delivery time delivery will commence immediately after the next system restart Auto repeat delivery of this job If the system is down at a given delivery time no delivery will happen at that time After system restart delivery will commence at the next delivery time according to the repeat schedule or the job will fail if the delivery threshold time has been reached Delay interval between repeated deliveries 1 Days x Repeat until stopped manually Repeat until the following threshold time Date mm dd yyyy Time La hh mm Advanced scheduling options are enabled Click to disable Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone B Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically The advanced options available are Deliver only once Do not auto repeat With this option the job will be delivered only once at the delivery time specified in the basic options at the top of the screen This is the default setting for delivery It is also used when the advanced delivery options are disabled Auto repeat delivery of this job With this option the job will start an auto repeat sequence upon delivery The job will be delivered for the first time at the time specified in the basic options Once the job has been delivered an exact copy of it will automatically be created and authorized for delivery with a delivery time t
361. the space is not included as part of the separator string then only a comma will be used producing a line that reads like this surfing poker reading Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT If a subscriber does not have any of the choices selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty string By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies from the multiple selection list could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by default other yy Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession more CUSTOMIZED ELLIPSIS Ifa subscribers selections from the list are longer than approximatley 800 characters the enumeration will break off and be replaced with ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string may be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using t COUNT anywhere in the string For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading f
362. the type of job that was copied However if the original job retrieved recipient data at the time the recipients were defined then the copied job will get an exact copy of the recipient list from the original job It will not retrieve data anew even if the source used by the original job has changed If the data should be retrieved anew run through the definition again and force the retrieval For example if the recipients of the original job were from a database retrieval click on the Click here to refresh the data from the database link on the Recipients Details screen to renew the data retrieval 4 4 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Use Recipients Definition from Job option and then select the job from the drop down menu All jobs that have had a recipients definition successfully saved will appear in the selection list This includes jobs that are undelivered in the Outbox or have already been delivered Click Next gt to proceed Note If the original job used just in time recipient retrieval then the copied job will too Figure 23 Options for Recipients Defined from a Previous Job Define Recipients Options SA Cancel Bad Next E S Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients C Send to a Recipients Target Group C Send to an Existing LISTSERV List C Determine Recipients Based on Rea
363. then LISTSERV Maestro will choose the corresponding ISO 8859 charset Optionally only if LISTSERV Maestro is set to allow Unicode if the message has characters that cannot be displayed with one of the ISO 8859 charsets for example Asian characters or there are mixed characters from several ISO 8859 charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose Unicode as the charset Similarly if you have used Chinese Japanese or Korean characters which can be displayed with one of the supported Asian charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose such a charset And optionally only if you have told LISTSERV Maestro that using Unicode is OK if you have used characters that can not be displayed with one of the supported ISO 8859 or Asian charsets or if you have mixed characters from several ISO 8859 charsets and or from other languages then LISTSERV Maestro will choose Unicode as the charset Once a charset is chosen LISTSERV Maestro encodes each character as a bit sequence according to that charset The email that is sent is then augmented by the information of which charset was used to encode it This information is then used by the receiving mail client to decode the bit sequence into characters that can be displayed to the recipient For example with ASCII charset where each 7 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 1000001 would mean the character with the decimal value 65 which is the Latin A With the ISO 8859 1 charset where
364. there simply were no recipients to deliver Important No recipients found is a valid reason for a delivery failure However in the LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 82 Section 7 Sender and Delivery Options mail to on that day The auto repeat sequence would continue with another copy for the next month so if any recipients have a negative balance on the first of the next month they would then get the reminder mail 7 4 3 6 Auto Repeat Jobs and System Shutdown Auto repeat jobs are treated differently than normal jobs during a system shutdown For a normal job if the system is down at the scheduled delivery time the job will be delivered immediately when the system is started the next time The system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down and will immediately start the delivery to make up for the lost time If the system is down at the scheduled delivery time of an auto repeat job the system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down Instead of starting delivery immediately the job will be re scheduled to the next available delivery slot of the auto repeat sequence it belongs to The job will remain in the Outbox as authorized for delivery but now with a new delivery time that occurs after the system startup If there is no such delivery slot available because the end condition for the auto repeat has already been met th
365. ting a new job is to assign it a Job Title and a Job ID Prefix A Job Title is the way individual users identify specific jobs by name The Job Title can be composed of letters and numbers and may contain spaces The Job ID is generated by the system to ensure each ID is unique and is used by the system to identify each individual job Job owners can enter a Job ID Prefix The prefix will appear at the beginning of the system generated Job ID and will be separated from the generated part by a hyphen Depending on the settings of the account the Job ID prefix may already be set or limited to pre set options If a choice of Job IDs has been pre set by the system administrator a drop down menu will be available instead of the Job ID Prefix text box Use the prefix to identify jobs or group jobs for reporting or billing purposes For more on Job Titles and Job IDs see the LISTSERV Maestro online help or the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Manual The default job owner setting can be modified by the system administrator so that a different account within the group becomes the owner of the jobs created by the initial account LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Section 3 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Once a Job Title and Job ID have been assigned they will appear in the upper left side of the screen on every screen that is associated with that particular job Figure 3 Start New Job Screen axe Y Start New Job
366. tinued intefest in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2004 YouWwill be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peek visit To place an advance order point your browser to www order widgets now com Pacrall l Indata zl Click Select Link to select a URL and edit its definition in the bottom frame Alias Definition The link will open a new browser ioci uE nesciat do to the destination URL Define New Alias Define a new alias Use an existing alias Remove lies ox cancel Click OK to save alias definition Use Existing Alias To track a link 1 Click on the link in the message in the main center frame If the link is a form submission click on the Submit button of the form The link will appear in the bottom frame 2 Click Track with Alias or Track without Alias Figure 56 Track Link With or Without Alias Selected Link Click the link in the body of the message then click Track with Alias or Track without Alias Target URL http www lsoft com Alias none Status This link i eing tracked Track with Alias Track without Alias gt 3 For tracking with an alias enter an alias in the Define New Alias text box or select an existing alias from the drop down menu Click OK to save the alias definition The new definition will appear in the right frame
367. tion settings for the job Click on the Reports tab to generate a quick report Figure 75 Delivered Jobs Summary Delivered Job Details Detailed information about the selected job Delete Job Summary Reports Click on the Detail Links to get more information about the related property Job Y Job ID NEWS 051026A Job Title Widget Company Newsletter for October Send Date Oct 26 2005 05 19 35 PM State Delivery has succeeded Sent to 2 recipients Bounces Drecipients last updated Nov 27 2005 04 07 50 PM Update bounces count View bounce details Recipients View Recipient List Type Recipients target group Target Group Taylor Description Those with Taylor lineage Content View Subject Newsletter Mail Type Plain List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Tracking is OFF Sender View E mail Address manager widgets com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically Domainkeys Signing Yes messages are signed for DomainKeys DKIM gt 9 2 1 View Bounce Details From the Summary tab of the Delivered Jobs Details screen it is possible to update the bounce count and generate a graphical representation of the number and type of bounces for the job Click on the View bounce details link to open the Bounce Details screen The Bounce Details report is comprised of color coded bars that represent the number and type of
368. to LISTSERV Maestro 7 Create a quick report Event Distribution report or Sum of Events report 8 Click the Download Report icon 9 Click the download link to download the Excel Add In 10 Right click the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link 11 Select Save Target As from the menu 12 Save the file on a local drive If there is an existing version of this file in the same location the new file is being saved in a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes 13 Open Excel 14 Click Tools gt Add Ins gt click Browse 15 Browse for the ImportTrackerStatistics xla file that was downloaded and select it 16 If there is an existing version a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes The little feet icon should re appear on the toolbar 17 Click the little feet icon click Start and follow the directions from there Important If the new version of the ImportTrackerStatistics xla file is downloaded and saved in a different location than the old version the existing file will not be replaced after answering Yes to the query The old file may remain associated with Excel even when the new version is selected under Tools gt Add Ins gt Browse lf this is the case an error message will appear saying the file already exists and it is not possible to have two versions of the same file To correct this situation search for all versions of the ImportTrackerStatistics
369. to accommodate these steps 4 3 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected columns from the text file or database can be used in the email message to create personalized messages These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 5 6 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 22 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email option is selected any additional columns that were uploaded with the file or that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name for the organ
370. to move it into the right box To place the new column in a certain position select the item in the right box that appears after the position where you want the new item to appear You can always change the ordering at a later time see below LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 118 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports To unselect a column e Click on the desired column in the right box to highlight it e Click the arrow button to move it back to the left box To change the order of the items in the selected list click on the item you want to move and then use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to move the item Figure 103 Recipient Details Report Column Selection Report Tracking data for listing Download Report Result Report of type Details of Recipients that Triggered Events During the Time Period Define the column grouping and ordering Grouping For the download only the selected columns will be considered All profiles with the same values in all selected columns will be grouped together and will be considered one single aggregated profile with an event count equal to the sum of events of all the profiles in the group Ordering The rows in the downloaded result will be ordered after the content of the first column selected here Rows with the same value in the first column will be ordered after their content of the second selected column and so on Currently selected From data source Open U
371. tracking are available for all types of recipient definitions Choose the level of tracking desired based on the kinds of information already in the system and the permission received from recipients keeping within the boundaries of what is legally allowable in the user s jurisdiction administrator has the ability to limit what type of tracking each user or group is able to perform while tracking a LISTSERV Maestro email job For more information see the Administrator s Manual Note The tracking types available for use vary per user or group The system e Personal Tracking Records open up and click through events traceable to the individual who triggered them Very specific information can be gathered about an individual s interaction with a message such as how many times a link has been clicked This data can be augmented with information from the database the recipient data was extracted from Personal tracking is available For recipients uploaded from a text file when the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro when the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list and the special list message option is selected on the So
372. ual 121 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports 10 6 3 Creating a Report from a Template If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of that quick report Type in a title for the report and then click Save amp Execute to save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current reports on the Tracking Reports screen This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 9 2 Delivered Jobs Reports for more information 10 7 Using the Excel Add In The statistics downloaded from LISTSERV Maestro are in CSV format The data from the Event Distribution and Sum of Events reports can easily be imported into Microsoft Excel in order to create tables graphs and other forms of reports LISTSERV Maestro comes with an easy to use Excel Add In that makes this import process a matter of a few clicks 10 7 1 Downloading the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In The add in must be installed into Excel before it can be used This step is done only once on each workstation before the add in is used for the first time If there is an existing version of the add in file from an earlier build of LISTSERV Maestro it must be removed from the local machine and the newest version installed Please see the Section 10 7 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In
373. ubscription date a bank balance and much more For more information on how to write formulas for system drop ins see Appendix G The Calc drop in is not available for jobs with recipient definitions of Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or Target Groups based on these However it is available for all other recipient definition options Certain special variables usable in Calc for example SubscribeTimeMillis are available only for Hosted Recipient Lists There are many other advanced methods of creating personalize messages based on hosted recipient data using these tools For more information and detailed examples see Appendix F Advanced Use of System Drop Ins 11 3 Changing User Password To open the Change Password screen click the Change Password link on the User Settings screen Enter the old password first and then type in the new password twice for confirmation Figure 120 Changing User Password Change Password Enter your old password then enter the new password twice Click OK to save the new password Username hally Group test Old Password New Password Canfirm Password LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 137 Section 11 User Settings Click OK to save the new password and return to the User Settings screen Permission to change an account password is set by the system administrator If this right is not given then user accounts
374. uer irre RE 38 40 5 SUIMIMANY ZEE RO PEL 40 4 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database ssssssssseeeene emen enne 42 47 1 Opllons tiic tef toe o de eta te 42 BPD SOURCE ects E 43 4 7 3 Source DetallS 00 a Ween eG Lied de Raid Soe 43 E NEC ARM iBIcm m 43 Section 5 Defining and Editing the Message for an Email JOD eese eene nnne nennen 45 Set Drop in Contetda aaae 46 5 2 Creating Text Messages ta fe Dado aS oe 47 5 3 Creating HTML Messages cid 47 5 3 1 Alternative Text for HTML Messages oooocccoccccconoccccnononcnononcncnnno cnn crono emm rre rr rre ren 49 LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual Table of Contents 5 3 2 Conditional Content ipic sario eli 49 5 4 Adding Attachments 5 1i iet AI bela tU be etie in es tens 50 5 5 Setting the Language Character Set saiisine aa eene enne entere enne RNE a enne nenne 51 5 6 Merging Fields and Conditional Blocks siima tsini ii ao 52 56A adlre a a ASE 53 5 6 2 Conditional BIOCKS siii nan AA reidai 54 5 7 Using Merged Parameters within URLS ssseeesse eene enne nennen entren 55 5 7 1 URL encoding of Parameters cion cia e ede te ele C nd bcd dee EL aoa Det Eco PEDE De 57 KIM CiH C Lp 59 6 1 Defining Tracking xci ere A He eee Ree e dE ERE Ere ied 59 PES iO A ene e e do pepe evi ees ec repete eee rete 60 6 3 Tracking Details ui
375. up and or click through over time A simple line graph shows the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and can be measured in intervals of hours days or weeks Events are charted on the y axis and can be measured as the number of events or as a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages 10 3 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports The View Report screen of an Event Distribution report displays the collected data in a chart format The View Report screen of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change View Settings for Report screen Depending on what options are set events on the y axis can reflect the total number of events or a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages sent Events occurring over time can be reflected as a total accumulation each set of measured events is added to the previous set so the plotted data continuously accumulates until all events stop and a plateau is reached Alternatively events occurring over time can be reflected as accrued numbers plotting the data as a series of peaks and valleys LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 108 Section 10 Tracking Statistics and Reports Figure 94 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations Event distribution over time chart with accumulation of events Report Tracking data for list
376. urce screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a database selected by LISTSERV For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard and mail merge selected for the LISTSERV list For target groups based on any of the above When personal tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail recipient and stores this information in the system database The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to trace events back to individuals use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster e Anonymous Tracking A unique ID is assigned to each recipient that cannot be followed back to identifying information about the individual recipient but that is LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 65 Section 6 Tracking associated with non identifying demographic information such as age gender or zip postal code It is the responsibility of the user to analyze the data an
377. ustomed to using them for example to automatically move list messages to folders in their email programs then consider exposing the topics in the subject line However if there are many topics selected for the message a rather lengthy subject line will result In this case consider hiding the topics from the recipients Hiding topics can also be useful if the topics are only used to sub divide the list and have not been directly selected by the recipients Click OK to save the selections and return to the Source Details screen Cancel negates the action and returns you to the Source Details screen without changing any settings LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 17 Section 4 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 15 Source Details for a LISTSERV List with Topics Define Recipients A subscriber will receive the e mail only if the list subscription options contain any of the topics that you have checked below BUTTERFLIES M ANTS l BEETLES TT BEES Source Dgtalls to spj Select All The selected topics will not be visible to the recipients The selected topics are visible as prefix in the subject line OK Cancel 4 2 3 2 Special LISTSERV Messages A special LISTSERV message is one that by passes the normal operation of the list and instead treats the subscriptions in a list as a recipient database Special messages do not get archived
378. ve Subscribers Permission 142 Figure 129 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Modify Subscribers Permission eeeeessess 142 Figure 130 Recipient Dataset Details Screen for the Browse Subscribers Permission sess 143 Figure 131 Plain Text Message with Conditional BlOCKS oooooononcccnnnocicononoccnnnoncccnanancnn roca nnn cnn emen nennen 165 Figure 132 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message oooonoccccconocicononcccnononcncnononnnnnnnnnnnnno nn nennen enne en nennen nennen 166 Figure 133 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message emen ene nenren enne en nene nennen 166 Figure 134 Conditional Content Settings for AOL sse emen 198 Table 1 Navigational eoim iaa 3 Table 2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files s 49 Table 3 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition seeeee nn ncnnnnn 67 Table 4 Test Report Icons vire pce eie i t a ipe in EHE ee e A pe ee ae 78 Table 5 Delivered Jobs Report Icons ariii rene E ne dere Ere ie en 95 Table 6 Report CONS uti te ecc ree e e e Hp i ea c per e ipe ee Eve ds 108 Table 7 Conditional Directives ccs corio iine ir gere ire de poten see eee bd eie dene Hd Ee Puede adeb ve ceni ne Doce dedos 161 Table 8 Conditional Operators 2 2 eae ae eae IEEE
379. ve as the placeholder in the message Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in In the URL field enter the URL Finally click the File Encoding drop down menu and select the type of file encoding Click the Test URL link to test the new URL Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in Database The content of this type of drop in element is queried from a database The database connection settings and the SQL statement are defined here See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Guide or the system administrator for more information In the Name field enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in Click the Database Plugin drop down menu and select the database plugin Finally in the SQL Statement field enter a SQL statement Click the Test SQL Statement link to test the new SQL statement Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 132 Section 11 User Settings Figure 119 Edit Drop In Content Element Database Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type
380. ve the correct charset for the mail they are merged into For example in emails sent with ISO 8859 1 West European all appearances of the byte 196 in the merge values will be interpreted as the umlaut A even if the merge value is actually a Greek word where the byte 196 should have been interpreted as a A While mixing characters from different ISO 8859 charsets will simply display the wrong character to the recipient mixing ASCII and ISO 8859 or ISO 8859 and Unicode may even result in characters that cannot be displayed at all Most importantly if the mail text uses the Unicode encoding UTF 8 then it is necessary to make sure that the merge value texts in the recipients source are also UTF 8 encoded the byte sequence that stands for each merge value must be a valid UTF 8 encoded sequence representing a string of characters from the Unicode charset Then again it is usually not possible to define a charset for the mail and then in some way make sure that the merge values in the list or in the LISTSERV database match this charset since those merge values have usually been stored long before the mail was created Therefore the best way to proceed is to check which encoding was used when the data was stored in the list or LISTSERV database again you might need to ask your administrator for that information and then use the same charset for the mail In summary for the recipient types of an existing LISTSERV list or LISTSERV
381. vents this field will always be empty because only HTML messages can track open up events For click through events the body part of the message containing the event will be listed Possible body types are Plain URL in the body of a plain text message AIt URL in the text alternative of the HTML message HTML URL in the HTML body of the message XAOL URL in the AOL format alternative of the HTML message e URL For open up events this will always be empty For click through events the URL that was clicked is listed e ALIAS For open up events this will always be empty For click through events the alias of the URL that was clicked is listed If there is no defined alias this field will be empty e FULL JOB ID The full Job ID including the User Prefix of the job that triggered the event e AGENT The user agent string transmitted by the client software of the recipient who triggered the event This identifies the browser software that was used to click on the link 10 6 2 Editing a Report To change the definition of the current report click the Edit Report icon The Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report See Section 10 1 Tracking Reports for more details LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Man
382. who use older AOL email clients version 5 0 and older cannot receive HTML messages but can receive AOL Rich Text messages AOL Rich Text is a specialized email format that uses a sub set of HTML tags to create text formatting Rich Text is not compatible with newer AOL email clients and sending Rich Text formatted mail to newer AOL clients will cause formatting errors Images cannot be embedded in Rich Text but Rich Text can contain links to image files located on another server AOL Alternative Text for HTML Messages To include recipients using older AOL email clients create an AOL alternative message to be sent with the HTML message To add an AOL Rich Text alternative to an HTML message follow these steps 1 Select the HTML with Alternatives option on the Define Message screen 2 Check the box next to AOL Format This activates two additional tabs AOL Preview and AOL Code 3 Click on the AOL Code tab to add the alternative AOL message The message can be uploaded pasted or keyed directly into the box 4 Click the AOL Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients All formatting will be displayed bold or italic text for example HTML tags that are not compatible with AOL Rich Text errors in coding will be displayed as regular text within the message and will be readily identifiable Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message Any trackable links in the alter
383. will appear is the Summary screen e Tracking Details Select the type of tracking event open up or click through and define the URLs within the message to track e Type Select the type of tracking to use i e personal anonymous unique or blind e Type Details For anonymous tracking select the columns that are anonymous and which are used for identifying purposes e Summary Displays a summary of the tracking selections for the job LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 59 Section 6 Tracking 6 2 Switching Tracking On To begin defining tracking for an email job click on the Define Tracking icon from either the Workflow or Summary diagram on the Job Details screen The Tracking On Off screen opens Select the Yes Enable tracking for this job option and then click Next gt Figure 52 Turn Tracking On or Off Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Cancel ack _Next gt Tracking On Off Yes enable tracking for this job C No do not track this job 6 3 Tracking Details The Tracking Details screen lets you determine the type s of recipient behavior to track LISTSERV Maestro will track two different types of recipient interaction with a message Standard Tracking and Drop In Tracking If both types of tracking are available then the Tracking Details screen will contain two tabs the Standard Tracking tab and the Drop In Tracking tab
384. wing order If a recipient fulfills the HTML condition a full HTML email including the plain text alternative only is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the HTML condition but does fulfill the AOL condition an email in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL format alternative f the recipient does not fulfill the AOL condition neither of the two conditions are fulfilled a simple plain text email is delivered containing only the plain text alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without applying conditions LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 199 Appendix Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client Appendix I Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client The following issues may apply when using a Netscape or Mozilla browser on a Linux client to access the LISTSERV Maestro user interfaces Older versions of these browsers Netscape 7 0 or Mozilla 1 0 0 may be more susceptible to these issues than newer versions Font Size The user interface may be displayed with fonts that appear too small To display the user interface with the original font sizes please set the Netscape or Mozilla browser to a text zoom factor of 130 Go to the View menu select Text Zoom and then Other Input the value 130 HTML Upload Uploading of an HTML page as the content of a HTML mail
385. x 15 amp AGE ToLower Convert this string to ALL Lowercase Min 10 11 amp SIZE A amp SIZE B Available Functions The currently available functions are described in Formula Functions Operators Operators always work on two operands which may be any valid expressions Some operators require their operand expressions to be either the number or text type LISTSERV Maestro v2 1 User s Manual 180 Appendix G Calculation Formulas Operators for Number Operands The following operators require both operand expressions to be the number type Addition operator sum of both operands Subtraction operator difference of both operands Multiplication operator product of both operands Integer Division operator integer quotient of both operands Modulo operator remainder of integer division of both operands Note In LISTSERV Maestro the division is strictly an integer division Any decimal places in the result are discarded they are not rounded off but simply ignored Operators for Text Operands The following operators require both operand expressions to be the text type Concatenation operator appends both operands The concatenation operator takes the two text operands and simply appends the text string on the right hand to the end of the text string on the left hand The result is one string that contains the two strings concatenated together The ch
386. y stop coming in after about 5 days This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition 4 If the job is part of an auto repeat sequence and the report should total all of the data over all of the jobs run in the sequence so far then check the Include all auto repeat instances of this job in the report option Uncheck this option to generate a report for a single run 5 Once you ve selected a report type a source data type and any additional statistics using the option buttons Click OK to continue A temporary report with the settings selected will be generated and displayed on the screen This report will not be saved it can always be run again from the Delivered Jobs screen unless the Create Report icon located at the bottom right of the screen is clicked This will open the Define Report screen where it is possible to save the quick report as a regular report using the settings as a template Located at the bottom right side of the Delivered Jobs report are four icons Each icon opens a screen with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Icons that are unavailable will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test report quick report and regular report pages Table 5 Delivered Jobs Report Icons ils View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options i amp Down

LISTSERV Maestro User`s Manual - L

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents